UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K10-K/A
Amendment No. 1
 
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20162018
or 
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For transition period from             to             
Commission File Number 0-51331
 
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified Its Charter)
 
Maryland75-3199276
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
  
15W06060 North Frontage Road, Burr Ridge, Illinois 60527
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 894-6900
  
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class:Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K    Yes  x¨    No   ¨x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x
Emerging growth company¨
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x.
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2016,2018, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $11.99,$17.65, as quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, was $201.3$257.0 million.
At February 6, 2017,8, 2019, there were 19,263,33616,457,672 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None




BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
Form 10-K Annual Report
Table of Contents
Page
Number
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Explanatory Note

BankFinancial Corporation (the “Company”) is filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to its Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2019. In accordance with General Instruction G(3), the Company is now filing this amendment to include in the Form 10-K the information required to be filed pursuant to Part III of Form 10-K.


Table of Contents


PART IIII
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the members of the Board of Directors, including their years of service and terms of office. Except as indicated elsewhere in this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of BankFinancial Corporation (the “Company”), there are no arrangements or understandings between any of the directors or nominees and any other person pursuant to which such directors or nominees were selected.
Name 
Position(s) Held
in the Company
 
Director
Since (1)
 
Term of��Class
to Expire
John M. Hausmann, C.P.A. Director 1990 2019
Glen R. Wherfel, C.P.A. Director 2001 2019
F. Morgan Gasior Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and President
 1983 2020
Cassandra J. Francis Director 2006 2021
Thomas F. O’Neill Director 2012 2021
Terry R. Wells Director 1994 2021
ITEM 1.(1)
BUSINESS
Denotes the earlier of the year the individual became a director of BankFinancial NA (the “Bank”) or the year the individual became a director of the Company or its predecessors, BankFinancial MHC and BankFinancial Corporation, the federal corporation. Messrs. Gasior, Hausmann and Wells have each served as a director of the Company since its formation in 2004. Mr. Wherfel and Ms. Francis were appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in 2006; Mr. O’Neill was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company in 2012.
Forward Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains, and other periodic and current reports, press releases and other public stockholder communicationsThe business experience for at least the past five years of BankFinancial Corporation may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21Eeach member of the Securities Exchange ActBoard of 1934,Directors is set forth, with age information as amended, which involve significant risksof December 31, 2018. The biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements may include statements relatingthe experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors to our future plans, strategies and expectations,determine that the person should serve as wella director.
F. Morgan Gasior. Age 55. Mr. Gasior has served as our future revenues, expenses, earnings, losses, financial performance, financial condition, asset quality metrics and future prospects. Forward looking statements are generally identifiable by useChairman of the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” or similar expressions. Forward looking statements are frequently based on assumptions that may or may not materialize,Board, Chief Executive Officer and are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements. We intend all forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are including this statement for the purpose of invoking these safe harbor provisions.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected and which could materially and adversely affect our operating results, financial condition or future prospects include, but are not limited to: (i) less than anticipated loan growth due to intense competition for high quality loans and leases, particularly in terms of pricing and credit underwriting, or a dearth of borrowers who meet our underwriting standards; (ii) the impact of re-pricing and competitors’ pricing initiatives on loan and deposit products; (iii) interest rate movements and their impact on the economy, customer behavior and our net interest margin; (iv) adverse economic conditions in general and in the markets in which we lend that could result in increased delinquencies in our loan portfolio or a decline in the value of our investment securities and the collateral for our loans; (v) declines in real estate values that adversely impact the value of our loan collateral, Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO"), asset dispositions and the level of borrower equity in their investments; (vi) borrowers that experience legal or financial difficulties that we do not currently foresee; (vii) results of supervisory monitoring or examinations by regulatory authorities, including the possibility that a regulatory authority could, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or adversely change our loan classifications, write-down assets, reduce credit concentrations or maintain specific capital levels; (viii) changes, disruptions or illiquidity in national or global financial markets; (ix) the credit risks of lending activities, including risks that could cause changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and charge-offs or changes in estimates relating to the computation of our allowance for loan losses; (x) monetary and fiscal policiesPresident of the U.S. Government, including policiesCompany since its formation in 2004, and of the U.S. TreasuryBank since 1989, and the Federal Reserve Board; (xi) factors affecting our ability to access deposits or cost-effective funding, and the impact of competitors' pricing initiatives on our deposit products; (xii) legislative or regulatory changes that have an adverse impact on our products, services, operations and operating expenses; (xiii) higher federal deposit insurance premiums; (xiv) higher than expected overhead, infrastructure and compliance costs; (xv) changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; and (xvi) privacy and cybersecurity risks, including the risks of business interruption and the compromise of confidential customer information resulting from intrusions.
These risks and uncertainties, as well as the Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A below, should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Forward looking statements speak only asa director of the date they are made. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement inBank since 1983. He held the future, or to reflect circumstances and events that occur aftersame positions with the date on which the forward-looking statement was made.
BankFinancial Corporation
BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation headquartered in Burr Ridge, Illinois (the “Company”), became the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of BankFinancial, F.S.B. (the “Bank”) on June 23, 2005, when we consummated a plan of conversion and reorganization that the Bank and its predecessor holding companies,Company’s predecessors, BankFinancial MHC Inc. and BankFinancial Corporation, a federal corporation, adoptedfrom 1999 to 2005. Mr. Gasior has been employed by the Bank in a variety of positions since 1984, and became a full-time employee in 1988 when he was appointed as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. He was a director and officer of Financial Assurance Services, Inc. from 1989 through 2003. Mr. Gasior is licensed as an attorney in the States of Illinois and Michigan, but he does not actively practice law.
Mr. Gasior brings to the Board, among other skills and qualifications, comprehensive understanding of the Bank’s strategies, operations and customers based on August 25, 2004. BankFinancial Corporation,his more than 30 years of service as an employee and officer of the Maryland corporation, was organized in 2004Bank. He has led the development and implementation of the Bank’s financial, lending, operational, technology and expansion strategies, and this experience has uniquely positioned him to facilitateadjust the mutual-to-stock conversionCompany’s business strategies to respond to changing economic, regulatory and competitive conditions, and to becomediscern and coordinate operational changes to match these strategies. His position on the holding companyBoard also provides a direct channel of communication from senior management to the Board.
Cassandra J. Francis. Age 53. Ms. Francis is self-employed as the sole proprietor of Kariatid and Puddle Jump Properties since 2009, which provide interim management, real estate and construction-related strategic planning and program and project advisory services to public, private and non-profit organizations and professional associations. Ms. Francis previously served as the Chief Real Estate Development Officer of the South Shore Line Railroad / Northern Indiana Commuter Transportation District and as the President and CEO of Friends of the Parks, a 40 year-old non-profit advocacy organization whose mission is to preserve, protect, improve and promote the use of parks and preserves throughout the Chicago area. She was also the Executive Director and Vice President of Clayco, Inc., a national design-build construction firm and the Director of Olympic Village Development for Chicago’s bid to host the Bank upon its completion.
Following2016 Summer Olympic and Paralympic Games. She has also held various management positions, including Senior Vice President with U.S. Equities Development, L.L.C. from 1995 to 2008. Ms. Francis is a Fellow of the approvalAmerican Institute of applications thatCertified Planners, a Fellow of RICS (The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors), and is an admitted member of the Company filed withCounselors of Real Estate, the professional consulting arm of the National Association of Realtors. She is certified as both an international commercial arbitrator and as a civil commercial mediator. Ms Francis is an LEED Accredited Professional and is licensed as a real estate managing broker in the States of Illinois and Indiana. She currently serves as Vice President of the International Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Bank filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Company became a bank holding company and the Bank became a national bank on November 30, 2016. As a result of the Bank’s conversion from a federal savings bank charter to a national bank charter, the Bank changed its name from BankFinancial, F.S.B. to BankFinancial, National Association.
We manage our operations as one unit, and thus do not have separate operating segments. Our chief operating decision-makers use consolidated results to make operating and strategic decisions.Lambda Alpha International, an honorary land economics


1


Table of Contents

BankFinancial, National Association
The Banksociety and on the Chicago Advisory Board of the Urban Land Institute. Ms. Francis is a full-service, community-oriented national bank principally engagedmember of the Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee and the Human Resources Committee of the Company.
Ms. Francis brings to the Board, among other skills and qualifications, substantial experience in urban planning and commercial real estate development and operations, with particular emphasis in retail development and leasing. She also has extensive experience with commercial real estate finance and valuations, particularly in Midwestern markets.
John M. Hausmann, C.P.A. Age 63. Mr. Hausmann has been a self-employed certified public accountant since 1980. Prior to that time, he was an accountant with Arthur Andersen. Mr. Hausmann is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois Certified Public Accountant Society. He has been a director of the Company since its formation in 2004, and of the Bank since 1990. He was a director of the Company’s predecessors, BankFinancial MHC and BankFinancial Corporation, a federal corporation, from 1999 to 2005.Mr. Hausmann is the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Company, and is a member of the Human Resources Committee of the Company.
Mr. Hausmann brings to the Board, among other skills and qualifications, a comprehensive understanding of accounting, auditing and taxation principles based on his many years of experience as a certified public accountant. His experience as a member of the Audit Committee has provided him with a thorough knowledge of the Company’s internal controls and internal and external audit procedures. His tax and accounting practice and longtime residency in the Bank’s southernmost market territory have also provided him with a unique familiarity with the needs of the Bank’s small business and municipal customers and communities.
Thomas F. ONeill. Age 72. Mr. O’Neill is Managing Director - Capital Markets at Stifel Financial Corporation. Mr. O’Neill was previously Vice Chairman of commercial, familyFirst Empire Securities prior to its acquisition by Stifel Financial Corporation in 2019. An industry veteran with more than 40 years experience, he was a founding principal of the investment banking and personal banking.brokerage firm Sandler O’Neill + Partners. Prior to joining First Empire, Mr. O’Neill was a founder of The Bank offers our customersKimberlite Group and served as its CEO. He also previously served as Chairman of the broker-dealer First Allied, the Vice-Chairman of the Capital Markets Group of Incapital LLC, the Vice-Chairman of the New York Interactive Advertising Exchange, and the Chairman of the Ranieri Partners Financial Services Group. Mr. O’Neill is a member of the Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee and the Human Resources Committee of the Company.
Mr. O’Neill brings to the Board, among other skills and qualifications, substantial experience and expertise in a broad range of loan, deposit,matters that affect publicly-traded bank and other financial productsthrift holding companies, including corporate governance, asset-liability management, investment management, mergers and services through 19 full-service Illinois based banking offices located in Cook, DuPage, Lakeacquisitions, asset purchases and Will Counties,dispositions and through our Internet Branch, corporate finance.
www.bankfinancial.comTerry R. Wells.
The Bank’s primary business is making loans and accepting deposits. The Bank also offers our customers a variety of financial products and services that are related or ancillary to loans and deposits, including cash management, funds transfers, bill payment and other online and mobile banking transactions, automated teller machines, safe deposit boxes, trust services, wealth management, and general insurance agency services.
The Bank’s primary lending area consists Age 60 Mr. Wells has served as the Village President of the counties where our branch offices are located,Village of Phoenix, Illinois since 1993 and contiguous countieshe currently serves as Secretary of the Southland Regional Mayoral Black Caucus. Mr. Wells has also taught history and social studies at the elementary and high school levels, and U.S. History at Thornton Township High School in Harvey, Illinois. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of Pace, a Division of the Regional Transportation Authority (Illinois), and the Board of Trustees of South Suburban College. Mr. Wells has served as President of the South Suburban Mayors and Managers Association. He has been a director of the Company since its formation in 2004, and of the Bank since 1994. He was a director of the Company’s predecessors, BankFinancial MHC and BankFinancial Corporation, a federal corporation, from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Wells is a member of the Audit Committee and is the Chairman of the Human Resources Committee of the Company. He is also the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and as such, currently serves as the Lead Director of the Company.
Mr. Wells brings to the Board, among other skills and qualifications, substantial experience in municipal government and finance, community and economic development and serving the needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. His experience as an educator has also provided him with significant expertise in secondary and post-secondary vocational training applicable to the Bank’s customer service and support personnel.
Glen R. Wherfel, C.P.A. Age 69. Mr. Wherfel has been a principal in the Stateaccounting firm of Illinois. We deriveWherfel & Associates since 1984 and President of Park Data Incorporated since 1980. Mr. Wherfel was a director of Success National Bank from 1993 to 2001, and of Success Bancshares from 1998 to 2001. He was the most significant portionChairman of our revenues from these geographic areas. However, we also engage in multi-family lending activities in selected Metropolitan Statistical Areas outside our primary lending areaSuccess National Bank’s Loan Committee and engage in healthcare lending and commercial leasing activities on a nationwide basis.
We originate deposits predominantly from the areas where our branch offices are located. We rely on our favorable locations, customer service, competitive pricing, our Internet Branch and related deposit services such as cash management to attract and retain these deposits. While we accept certificatesmember of deposit in excessits Asset Liability Management Committee. Mr. Wherfel is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance limits, we generally do not solicit such deposits because they are more difficultAudit Committee and the Human Resources Committee of the Company.
Mr. Wherfel brings to retain than core depositsthe Board, among other skills and at times are more costly than wholesale deposits.
Lending Activities
Our loan portfolio consists primarilyqualifications, substantial experience in entrepreneurial finance and operations. His tax and accounting practice, longtime residency in the Bank’s northern market territory and service as a director of investmentSuccess National Bank have also provided him a unique familiarity with the needs of the Bank’s small business and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, constructionmunicipal customers and land loans, and commercial leases), which represented $1.182 billion, or 89.6%, of our gross loan portfolio of $1.319 billion at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, $542.9 million, or 41.1%, of our loan portfolio consisted of multi-family mortgage loans; $182.2 million, or 13.8%, of our loan portfolio consisted of nonresidential real estate loans; $103.1 million, or 7.8%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans; $352.5 million, or 26.7%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial leases; and $1.3 million, or 0.1%, of our loan portfolio consisted of construction and land loans. $135.2 million, or 10.2%, of our loan portfolio consisted of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans (of which $38.6 million, or 2.9%, were loans to investors in non-owner occupied single-family homes), including home equity loans and lines of credit.
Deposit Activities
Our deposit accounts consist principally of savings accounts, NOW accounts, checking accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, and IRAs and other retirement accounts. We provide commercial checking accounts and related services such as cash management. We also provide low-cost checking account services. We rely on our favorable locations, customer service, competitive pricing, our Internet Branch and related deposit services such as cash management to attract and retain deposit accounts.
At December 31, 2016, our deposits totaled $1.339 billion. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.090 billion, or 81.4% of total deposits, and noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $249.5 million, or 18.6% of total deposits. Savings, money market and NOW account deposits totaled $738.2 million, or 55.1% of total deposits, and certificates of deposit totaled $351.6 million, or 26.3% of total deposits, of which $236.9 million had maturities of one year or less.
Related Products and Services
The Bank provides trust and financial planning services through our Trust Department. The Bank’s Wealth Management Group provides investment, financial planning and other wealth management services through arrangements with a third-party broker-dealer. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Financial Assurance Services, Inc. (“Financial Assurance”), sells property and casualty insurance and other insurance products on an agency basis. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Financial Assurance recorded a net loss of $36,000. At December 31, 2016, Financial Assurance had two full-time employees. The Bank’s other wholly-owned subsidiary, BF Asset Recovery Corporation, holds title to and sells certain Bank-owned real estate acquired through foreclosure and collection actions, and recorded a net loss of $624,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.communities.


2


Table of Contents

Website and Stockholder InformationExecutive Officers Who Are Not Directors
The websiteSet forth below is information regarding the principal occupations for at least the past five years of the individuals who serve as executive officers of the Company and/or the Bank who are not directors of the Company or the Bank. All executive officers of the Company and the Bank are elected annually by their respective Boards of Directors and serve until their successors are elected and qualify. No executive officer identified below is www.bankfinancial.com. Information onrelated to any director or other executive officer of the Company or the Bank. Except as indicated elsewhere in this website does not constitute part of this Annual ReportAmendment No. 1 on Form 10-K.
The Company makes available, free of charge, its10-K/A to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, its Current Reports on Form 8-Kthere are no arrangements or understandings between any officer identified below and amendments to such reports filed or furnishedany other person pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)which any such officer was selected as an officer.
Paul A. Cloutier, C.P.A. Age 55. Mr. Cloutier has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Securities Exchange ActCompany since its formation in 2004, of 1934,the Bank since 1991, and of BankFinancial MHC and BankFinancial Corporation, a federal corporation, from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Cloutier also serves as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such forms are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). CopiesExecutive Vice President of these documents are available to stockholders at the website forFinance Division of the Company and the Bank, www.bankfinancial.com, under Investor Relations, and through the EDGAR database on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.
Competition
We face significant competition in originating loans and attracting deposits. The Chicago Metropolitan Statistical Area and the other markets in which we operate generally have a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are significantly larger institutions that have greater financial resources than we have, and many of which are our competitors to varying degrees. Our competition for loans and leases comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, mortgage banking companies, the U.S. Government, credit unions, leasing companies, insurance companies, real estate conduits and other companies that provide financial services to businesses and individuals. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from online financial institutions and non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms and insurance companies.
We seek to meet this competition by emphasizing personalized service and efficient decision-making tailored to individual needs. In addition, we from time to time reward long-standing relationships with preferred rates and terms on deposit products based on existing and prospective lending business. We do not rely on any individual, group or entity for a material portion of our loans or our deposits.
Employees
At December 31, 2016, we had 224 full-time employees and 40 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our working relationship with our employees to be good.
Supervision and Regulation
General
On November 30, 2016, the Bank converted from a federal savings bank charter to a national bank charter. As a national bank, the Bank is regulated and supervised primarily by the OCC. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC in more limited circumstances because the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC. This regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of the activities in which a depository institution may engage, and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, depositors and the banking system. Under this system of federal regulation, depository institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. The OCC examines the Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of its Board of Directors on any identified deficiencies, if any. After completing an examination, the OCC issues a report of examination and assigns a rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating). Under federal law and regulations, an institution may not disclose the contents of its reports of examination or its CAMELS ratings to the public.
The BankBank. He is a member of, and owns stockregistered certified public accountant in the Federal Home Loan BankState of Chicago (“FHLBC”)Michigan and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) has limited regulatory jurisdiction over the Bank with regard to reserves it must maintain against deposits, check processing and certain other matters. The Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated in some respects by both federal and state laws, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts, and the form and content of the Bank’s consumer loan documents.
The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of federal law. As such, it is subject to supervision and examination by the FRB. The Company was previously a savings and loan holding company but became a bank holding company in connection with the Bank’s conversion to a national bank charter on November 30, 2016.
There can be no assurance that laws, rules and regulations, and regulatory policies will not change in the future. Such changes could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Any change in the laws or regulations, or in regulatory policy, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the FRB,


3


Table of Contents

the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) or the United States ("U.S.") Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their respective operations.
The following summary of laws and regulations applicable to the Bank and Company is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.
Federal Banking Regulation
Business Activities. As a national bank, the Bank derives its lending and investment powers from the National Bank Act, as amended, and the regulations of the OCC. Under these laws and regulations, the Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and nonresidential real estate, commercial business and consumer loans and leases, certain types of securities and certain other loans and assets. Unlike federal savings banks, national banks are not generally subject to specified percentage of assets on various types of lending, although certain types of loans are limited to a specific percentage of the Bank’s capital and surplus. The Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities permitted for the Bank as well as certain other activities.
Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions, including national banks, to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8% and a 4% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).
For purposes of the regulatory capital requirements, common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.
In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets a bank has for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one-to four- family residential mortgages and certain qualifying multi-family mortgage loans, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and high volatility commercial real estate loans, and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.
In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable regulatory requirements, the Bank was considered well-capitalized and it had an appropriate capital conservation buffer.
The Company and the Bank each have adopted Regulatory Capital Plans that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 7.5% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.5%. The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Regulatory Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary. In accordance with the Regulatory Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank's total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall


4


Table of Contents

below the established minimum capital levels. In addition, in accordance with its Regulatory Capital Plan, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose.
Loans-to-One-Borrower. A national bank generally may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitations.
Dividends. Federal law and OCC regulations govern cash dividends by a national bank. A national bank is authorized to pay such dividends from undivided profits but must receive prior OCC approval if the total amount of dividends (including the proposed dividend) exceeds its net income in that year and the prior two years less dividends previously paid. A national bank may not pay a dividend if it does not comply with applicable regulatory capital requirements.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All national banks have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and related federal regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate- income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a national bank, the OCC is required to evaluate and rate the bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices based on the characteristics specified in those statutes. A national bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on certain of its activities such as branching or mergers. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the OCC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. The Bank’s CRA performance has been rated as “Outstanding,” the highest possible rating, in all eight CRA Performance Evaluations that have been conducted by the OCC and a predecessor regulatory agency since 1998.
Transactions with Related Parties. A national bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its “affiliates” is limited by OCC regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulation, Regulation W. The term “affiliates” for these purposes generally means any company that controls or is under common control with an insured depository institution, although operating subsidiaries of national banks are generally not considered affiliates for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. The Company is an affiliate of the Bank. In general, transactions with affiliates must be on terms that are at least as favorable to the national bank as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of these transactions are restricted to an aggregate percentage of the bank’s capital. Collateral in specified amounts must be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans or other forms of credit from the bank.
The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the FRB. These provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders generally be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features (subject to an exception for lending programs open to employees generally). In addition, there are limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate based on a percentage of the Bank’s capital. Extensions of credit in excess of specified limits must receive the prior approval of the Bank’s Board of Directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional restrictions. The Bank does not extend new credit to executive officers or members of the Board of Directors.
Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over national banks. This includes authority to bring enforcement actions against the Bank, its directors, officers and employees and all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to the removal of officers and/or directors, receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance. Civil monetary penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC has authority to recommend to the OCC that an enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular insured bank. If action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for insured depository institutions under its jurisdiction. The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital


5


Table of Contents

becomes impaired. The guidelines address matters such as internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits. A subsequent set of guidelines was issued for information security. If the OCC determines that a national bank fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, it may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard and take other appropriate action.
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations. Federal law requires that federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The applicable OCC regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.
The regulations provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OCC within 45 days of the date a national bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” Any holding company for the bank required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5.0% of the bank’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the OCC, or the amount necessary to restore the bank to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the OCC notifies the bank that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the OCC has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Various restrictions, including as to growth and capital distributions, also apply to “undercapitalized” institutions. If an “undercapitalized” institution fails to submit an acceptable capital plan, it is treated as “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” institutions must comply with one or more additional restrictions including, but not limited to, an order by the OCC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized a requirement to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss officers or directors and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. Critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. The OCC may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, including the issuance of a capital directive.
At December 31, 2016, the Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured up to $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.
The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund. Until July 1, 2016, insured depository institutions were assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s rate depended upon the risk category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less risky pay lower FDIC assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.
Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated the risk categories. Assessments for institutions are now based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of failure within three years. In conjunction with the Deposit Insurance Fund's reserve ratio achieving 1.15%, the assessment range (inclusive of possible adjustments) was reduced for insured institutions of less than $10 billion in total assets to a range of 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points.
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank cannot predict what its insurance assessment rates will be in the future.


6


Table of Contents

An insured institution’s deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon an administrative finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980’s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. National banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Federal Reserve System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, which consistsAmerican Institute of 12 regional Federal Reserve Banks. AsCertified Public Accountants. Prior to joining the Bank and its parent companies, he was a memberSenior Tax Associate with Coopers & Lybrand.
William J. Deutsch, Jr. Age 51. Mr. Deutsch has served as the President of the Federal Reserve System,Bank’s National Commercial Leasing Division since 2011, and was the Senior Vice President of the National Commercial Leasing Division from 2002 to 2011. Prior to joining the Bank, is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in its regional Federal Reserve Bank,Mr. Deutsch was the Federal ReserveSenior Vice President – Lease Finance Group for the First Bank of Chicago, in specified amounts. The Bank is also required to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against its transaction accounts, such as negotiable order of withdrawal and regular checking accounts. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OCC’s regulations. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank was in complianceHighland Park.
Compliance with all of these requirements. The FRB also provides a backup source of funding to depository institutions through the regional Federal Reserve Banks pursuant to section 10B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation A. In general, eligible depository institutions have access to three types of discount window credit-primary credit, secondary credit, and seasonal credit. All discount window loans must be collateralized to the satisfaction of the lending regional Federal Reserve Bank.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. As a member of the FHLBC, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBC in specified amounts. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
The USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act
The USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act require financial institutions to develop programs to detect and report money-laundering and terrorist activities, as well as suspicious activities. The USA PATRIOT Act also gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies are required to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if we engage in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. In addition, non-compliance with these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties and other enforcement measures. We have developed policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these laws and regulations.
Holding Company Regulation
The Company, as a company controlling a national bank, is a bank holding company subject to regulation and supervision by, and reporting to, the FRB. The FRB has enforcement authority over the Company and any nonbank subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to the Bank.
The Company's activities are limited to the activities permissible for bank holding companies, which generally include activities deemed by the FRB to be closely related or a proper incident to banking or managing or controlling banks. A bank holding company that meets certain criteria may elect to be regulated as a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities, such as underwriting equity securities and insurance. The Company has not elected to be regulated as a financial holding company, but may do so in the future.
Federal law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of a class of voting securities of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, another bank or bank holding company, without prior written approval of the FRB. In evaluating applications by bank holding companies to acquire banks, the FRB considers, among other things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the parties, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and needs of the community, competitive factors and compliance with anti-money laundering laws.


7


Table of Contents

Capital. Bank holding companies such as the Company with greater than $1 billion in total consolidated assets are subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act, required the FRB to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to their subsidiary depository institutions. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding companies. As of January 1, 2015, consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary depository institutions applied to bank holding companies of the specified asset size. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer is being phased in between 2016 and 2019.
Source of Strength Doctrine. The “source of strength doctrine” requires bank holding companies to provide assistance to their subsidiary depository institutions in the event the subsidiary depository institution experiences financial difficulty. The FRB has issued regulations requiring that all bank holding companies serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary depository institutions.
Capital Distributions. The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall supervisory financial condition. Separate regulatory guidance provides for prior consultation with Federal Reserve Bank supervisory staff concerning dividends in certain circumstances, such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate or earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. FRB regulatory guidance also indicates that a bank holding company should inform Federal Reserve Bank staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the bank holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, at the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. FRB regulations require prior approval for a bank holding company to redeem equity securities if the gross consideration, when combined with net consideration paid for all such redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will equal to 10% or more of the holding company’s consolidated net worth. There is an exception for bank holding companies that meet specified qualitative criteria. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, repurchase shares of its common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.
Change in Control Regulations
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as the Company unless the FRB has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquiror and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as is the case with the Company, the issuer has securities registered under Section 1216(a) of the Exchange Act.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with certain accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC, under the Exchange Act.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act includes specific additional disclosure requirements, requires the SEC and national securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules, and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC.
Federal Securities Laws
The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictionsexecutive officers, directors and other requirements of the Exchange Act.


8


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent in our business and the industry in which we operate. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information included in this report. The risks described below may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to these risks and the other risks and uncertainties described in Item 1, “Business-Forward Looking Statements,” and Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The value or market price of our securities could decline due to any of these identified or other risks. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.
Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in a highly competitive environment
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, our competitive strategies have focused on attracting deposits in our local markets, and growing our loan and lease portfolio by emphasizing specific loan products in which we have significant experience and expertise, identifying and targeting markets in which we believe we can effectively compete with larger institutions and other competitors, and offering highly competitive pricing to commercial borrowers with appropriate risk profiles. We compete for loans, leases, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, brokerage houses, mutual funds, insurance companies, real estate conduits, mortgage brokers and specialized finance companies. Many of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, and some offer loan structures and have underwriting standards that are not as restrictive as our required loan structures and underwriting standards. Some larger competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans, leases and deposits more aggressively than we do, and because of their larger capital bases, their underwriting practices for smaller loans may be subject to less regulatory scrutiny than they would be for smaller banks. Newer competitors may be more aggressive in pricing loans, leases and deposits in order to increase their market share. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the extensive regulations imposed on national banks and their holding companies. As a result, these nonbank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various financial services.
Numerous factors could adversely impact future loan growth and thus our future profitability
Our future profitability will depend in substantial part on our ability to achieve loan and lease growth under intensely competitive conditions in a manner consistent with our underwriting standards and business plan objectives. Our ability to achieve future loan and lease growth will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to offer loan and lease products at prices and with features that are comparable or superior to those offered by our competitors and attractive to potential borrowers. Because our business plan targets high quality loans and leases in specific markets and/or product categories, we believe that our underwriting standards and our lending requirements relating to collateral eligibility, residual equity, global debt service coverage, loan covenants, loan structure and financial reporting tend to be on the conservative side of the market. This can make it difficult for us to compete with institutions that have comparable loan pricing but more lenient lending requirements. Our loan pricing is also influenced in a significant way by the financial strength of the borrower, the guarantor and the collateral. This enables us to compete effectively for highly qualified borrowers, but it can place us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to borrowers who present acceptable credit risks but are not highly qualified. Our ability to achieve future loan and lease growth will also be affected by factors that are not exclusively within our control, such as the level of loan payoffs and concentrations of credit limits. These and other factors could weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Changes in market interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations
Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates because our assets, primarily loans and leases, and our liabilities, primarily deposits, are monetary in nature. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense that we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, domestic and international events, and changes in the U.S. and other financial markets. Our net interest income is affected not only by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve and relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, including credit risk spreads, and by balance sheet growth, customer loan and deposit preferences and the timing of changes in these variables which themselves are impacted by changes in market interest rates. As a result, changes in market interest rates can significantly


9


Table of Contents

affect our net interest income as well as the fair market valuation of our assets and liabilities, particularly if they occur more quickly or to a greater extent than anticipated.
While we take measures intended to manage the risks from changes in market interest rates, we cannot control or accurately predict changes in market rates of interest or deposit attrition due to those changes, or be sure that our protective measures are adequate. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest bearing liabilities increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other interest earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected.  We would also incur a higher cost of funds to retain our deposits in a rising interest rate environment. While the higher payment amounts we would receive on adjustable rate loans in a rising interest rate environment may increase our interest income, some borrowers may be unable to afford the higher payment amounts, and this could result in a higher rate of default. Rising interest rates also may reduce the demand for loans and the value of fixed-rate investment securities.
Low interest rates or a flat yield curve could adversely affect our net interest income and profitability
Our consolidated operating results are largely dependent on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest expense incurred on deposits and other borrowings. Our net interest income is impacted by changes in market rates of interest, changes in credit spreads, changes in the shape of the yield curve, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities, prepayments on our loan, leases and investments, and the mix of our funding sources and assets, among other things.
In recent years it has been the policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of securities. As a result, the interest rates on new loans we have originated and maturing loans that we have renewed and the yields on securities we have purchased during this period have been at historically low levels. Our ability to offset this by lowering the interest rates that we pay on deposits is severely limited because interest rates on deposits are already near historic lows. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) could be difficult to increase, which may continue to have an adverse effect on our profitability.
Our commercial real estate loans constitute a concentration of credit and thus are subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny and require us to utilize enhanced risk management techniques
A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio generally consists of multi-family mortgage loans originated in selected markets and nonresidential real estate loans originated in the Chicago market. At December 31, 2016, our loan portfolio included $542.9 million in multi-family mortgage loans, or 41.1% of total loans, $148.0 million in non-owner occupied nonresidential real estate loans, or 11.2% of total loans. These commercial real estate loans represented 411.0% of the Bank’s $168.1 million total risk-based capital at December 31, 2016, and thus are considered a concentration of credit for regulatory purposes. Concentrations of credit are pools of loans whose collective performance has the potential to affect a bank negatively even if each individual transaction within the pool is soundly underwritten. When loans in a pool are sensitive to the same economic, financial, or business development, that sensitivity, if triggered, could cause the sum of the transactions to perform as if it were a single, large exposure. As such, concentrations of credit add a dimension of risk that compounds the risk inherent in individual loans.
The OCC expects banks to implement board-approved policies and procedures to identify, measure, monitor, and control concentration risks, taking into account the potential impact on earnings and capital under stressed market conditions, economic downturns, and periods of general market illiquidity as well as normal market conditions. Enhanced risk management is required for commercial real estate concentrations exceeding 300.0% of total risk-based capital. The Bank has established board-approved policies and procedures to identify, measure, monitor, control and stress test its concentrations of credit. The Bank has taken other specific steps to mitigate concentrations of credit risk, including the establishment of concentrations of credit limits based on loan type and geography, the maintenance of capital in excess of the minimum regulatory requirements, the establishment of appropriate underwriting standards for specific loan types and geographic markets, active portfolio management and an emphasis on originating multi-family loans that qualify for fifty percent risk-weighting under the regulatory capital rules. At December 31, 2016, $305.4 million of the Bank’s multi-family loans, or 56.3% of the Bank’s total multi-family loan portfolio, qualified for fifty percent risk-weighting under the regulatory capital rules. Although management believes that these steps effectively mitigate concentrations of credit risk, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be materially and adversely impacted if economic, financial or business developments were to occur that materially and adversely impacted all or a material portion of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans and caused them to perform as a single, large exposure.


10


Table of Contents

Adverse changes in local economic conditions and adverse conditions in an industry on which a local market in which we do business depends could hurt our business in a material way
Except for our lease and healthcare lending activities, which we conduct on a nationwide basis, and our multi-family lending activities, which we conduct in selected Metropolitan Statistical Areas, including the Metropolitan Statistical Areas for Chicago, Illinois, Dallas, Texas, Denver, Colorado, Tampa, Florida and Minneapolis, Minnesota, our loan and deposit activities are generally conducted in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Chicago, Illinois. Our loan and deposit activities are directly affected by, and our financial success depends on, economic conditions within the local markets in which we do business, as well as conditions in the industries on which those markets are economically dependent. A deterioration in local economic conditions or in the condition of an industry on which a local market depends could adversely affect such factors as unemployment rates, business formations and expansions, housing demand, apartment vacancy rates and real estate values in the local market, and this could result in, among other things, a decline in loan and lease demand, a reduction in the number of creditworthy borrowers seeking loans, an increase in loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, an increase in classified and nonaccrual loans, a decrease in the value of the collateral for our loans, and a decline in the net worth and liquidity of our borrowers and guarantors. Any of these factors could hurt our business in a material way.
The City of Chicago and the State of Illinois have experienced significant financial difficulties, and this could adversely impact certain borrowers and the economic vitality of the City and State
The City of Chicago and the State of Illinois are experiencing significant financial difficulties, including material pension funding shortfalls. Their debt ratings have been downgraded and the State of Illinois’ executive and legislative branches of government have been unable to reach agreement on a budget for the current and past fiscal years. These issues could impact the economic vitality of the City of Chicago and the State of Illinois and the businesses operating there, encourage businesses to leave the City of Chicago and the State of Illinois, and discourage new employers from starting or moving businesses to there. These issues could also result in delays in the payment of accounts receivable owed to borrowers that conduct business with the State of Illinois and Medicaid payments to nursing homes and other healthcare providers in Illinois, and impair their ability to repay their loans when due.
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings would be adversely impacted
In the event that our loan customers do not repay their loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the repayment of these loans is insufficient to cover any remaining loan balance, including expenses of collecting the loan and managing and liquidating the collateral, we could experience significant loan losses or increase our provision for loan losses or both, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. At December 31, 2016, our allowance for loan losses was $8.1 million, which represented 0.62% of total loans and 246.57% of nonperforming loans as of that date. In determining the amount of our allowance for loan losses, we rely on internal and external loan reviews, our historical experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. In addition, we make various estimates and assumptions about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets, if any, serving as collateral for the repayment of our loans. We also make judgments concerning our legal positions and the priority of our liens and interests in contested legal or bankruptcy proceedings, and at times, we may lack sufficient information to establish adequate specific reserves for loans involved in such proceedings. We base these estimates, assumptions and judgments on information that we consider reliable, but if an estimate, assumption or judgment that we make ultimately proves to be incorrect, additional provisions to our allowance for loan losses may become necessary. In addition, as an integral part of their supervisory and/or examination process, the OCC periodically reviews the methodology for and the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses. The OCC has the authority to require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their inclusion, exclusion or modification of risk factors or differences in judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
New or changing tax, accounting, and regulatory rules and interpretations could have a significant impact on our strategic initiatives, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition
The banking services industry is extensively regulated and the degree of regulation has increased due to the Dodd-Frank Act and regulatory initiatives precipitated by the Dodd-Frank Act and the most recent economic downturn and the disruptions that certain financial markets experienced. We also are directly subject to the requirements of entities that set and interpret the accounting standards such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and indirectly subject to the actions and interpretations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which establishes auditing and related professional practice standards for registered public accounting firms and inspects registered firms to assess their compliance with certain laws, rules, and professional standards in public company audits. These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations, control the methods by which financial institutions and their holding companies conduct business, engage in strategic and tax planning and implement strategic initiatives, and govern financial reporting


11


Table of Contents

and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time, particularly during periods in which the composition of the U.S. Congress and the leadership of regulatory agencies and public sector boards change due to the outcomes of national elections.
A new accounting standard may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for the Company and the Bank for our first fiscal year after December 15, 2019.  This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses.  This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, and to greatly increase the types of data we will need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Repayment of our commercial and commercial real estate loans typically depends on the cash flows of the borrower. If a borrower's cash flows weaken or become uncertain, the loan may need to be classified, the collateral securing the loan may decline in value and we may need to increase our loan loss reserves or record a charge off
We underwrite our commercial and commercial real estate loans primarily based on the historical and expected cash flows of the borrower. Although we consider collateral in the underwriting process, it is a secondary consideration that generally relates to the risk of loss in the event of a borrower default. We follow the OCC's published guidance for assigning risk-ratings to loans, which emphasizes the strength of the borrower's cash flow. The OCC's loan risk-rating guidance provides that the primary consideration in assigning risk-ratings to commercial and commercial real estate loans is the strength of the primary source of repayment, which is defined as a sustainable source of cash under the borrower's control that is reserved, explicitly or implicitly, to cover the debt obligation. The OCC's loan risk-rating guidance typically does not consider secondary repayment sources until the strength of the primary repayment source weakens, and collateral values typically do not have a significant impact on a loan's risk rating until a loan is classified. Consequently, if a borrower's cash flows weaken or become uncertain, the loan may need to be classified, whether or not the loan is performing or fully secured. In addition, real estate appraisers typically place significant weight on the cash flows generated by income-producing real estate and the reliability of the cash flows in performing valuations. Thus, economic or borrower-specific conditions that cause a decline in a borrower's cash flows could cause our loan classifications to increase and the appraised value of the collateral securing our loans to decline, and require us to increase our loan loss reserves or record charge offs.
Repayment of our lease loans is typically dependent on the cash flows of the lessee, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value
We lend money to small and mid-sized independent leasing companies to finance the debt portion of leases. A lease loan results when a leasing company discounts the equipment rental revenue stream owed to the leasing company by a lessee. Our lease loans entail many of the same types of risks as our commercial loans. Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company, and, consequently, our recourse is limited to the lessee and the leased equipment. As with commercial loans secured by equipment, the equipment securing our lease loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. We rely on the lessee’s continuing financial stability, rather than the value of the leased equipment, for the repayment of all required amounts under lease loans. In the event of a default on a lease loan, the proceeds from the sale of the leased equipment may not be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding unpaid amounts under the terms of the loan. At December 31, 2016, our lease loans totaled $352.5 million, or 26.7% of our total loan portfolio.
Our loan portfolio includes loans to healthcare providers, and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent upon the receipt of governmental reimbursements
At December 31, 2016, we had $57.4 million of loans and unused commitments to a variety of healthcare providers, including lines of credit secured by healthcare receivables. The repayment of these lines of credit is largely dependent on the borrower's receipt of payments and reimbursements under Medicaid, Medicare and in some cases private insurance contracts for the services they have provided. The ability of the borrowers to service loans we have made to them may be adversely impacted by the financial health of the state or federal payors, many of which have experienced budgetary stress, to make reimbursements for the services provided. The failure of one or more state or federal payors to make reimbursements owed to the operators of these facilities, or a significant delay in the making of such reimbursements, could adversely affect the ability of the operators of these facilities to repay their obligations to us. In addition, changes to national health care policy involving private health insurance policies may


12


Table of Contents

also affect the business prospects and financial condition or operations of commercial loan customers and commercial lessees involved in health care-related businesses.
Any future action by the U.S. Congress lowering the federal corporate income tax rate and/or eliminating the federal corporate alternative minimum tax could result in the need to establish a deferred tax assets valuation allowance and a corresponding charge against earnings
Deferred tax assets are reported as assets on the Company’s balance sheet and represent the decrease in taxes expected to be paid in the future because of net operating losses (NOLs) and tax credit carryforwards and because of future reversals of temporary differences in the bases of assets and liabilities as measured by enacted tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s net deferred tax asset was $22.4 million, which included a federal net operating loss carryforward of $34.2 million that will begin to expire in 2032, a federal tax credit carryforward of $1.3 million that will begin to expire in 2022, a $3.1 million alternative minimum tax credit carryforward that can be carried forward indefinitely, and a $29.7 million federal alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforward that will begin to expire in 2032. NOL and tax credit carryforwards result in reductions to future tax liabilities.  If it becomes more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance must be recognized.  The President of the U.S. and the majority political party in the U.S. Congress have announced plans to lower the federal corporate income tax rate from its current level of 35% and to eliminate the corporate alternative minimum tax.  If these plans ultimately result in the enactment of new laws lowering the corporate income tax rate by a material amount and/or eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax, certain of the Company’s deferred tax assets would need to be re-measured to evaluate the impact that the lower tax rate and/or the elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax will have on the currently expected full utilization of the deferred tax assets.  If the lower tax rate and/or the elimination of the corporate alternative minimum tax makes it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance will need to be recognized and this would result in a corresponding charge against the Company’s earnings. 
We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology and our communications and information systems, including the risk of cyber-attack or cyber-theft
Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger and virtually all other aspects of our business. We depend on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our data processing systems, computers, networks and communications systems. Although we take numerous protective measures and otherwise endeavor to protect and maintain the privacy and security of confidential data, these systems may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, other malicious code, cyber-attacks, cyber-theft and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events were to occur, this potentially could jeopardize confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our systems or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our or our customers' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are not fully covered by our insurance. Security breaches involving our network or Internet banking systems could expose us to possible liability and deter customers from using our systems. We rely on specific software and hardware systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to protect our network and Internet banking systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures. These precautions may not fully protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business. Although we perform most data processing functions internally, we outsource certain services to third parties. If our third-party providers encounter operational difficulties or security breaches, it could affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which could significantly affect our business operations.
Our operations rely on numerous external vendors
We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements because of changes in the vendor's organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third-party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us.


13


Table of Contents

Our business and operations could be significantly impacted if we or our third-party vendors suffer failure or disruptions of information processing systems, systems failures or security breaches
We have become increasingly dependent on communications, data processing and other information technology systems to manage and conduct our business and support our day-to-day banking, investment, and trust activities, some of which are provided through third-parties. If we or our third-party vendors encounter difficulties or become the subject of a cyber-attack on or other breach of their operational systems, data or infrastructure, or if we have difficulty communicating with any such third- party system, our business and operations could suffer. Any failure or disruption to our systems, or those of a third- party vendor, could impede our transaction processing, service delivery, customer relationship management, data processing, financial reporting or risk management. Although we take ongoing monitoring, detection, and prevention measures and perform penetration testing and periodic risk assessments, our computer systems, software and networks and those of our third- party vendors may be or become vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses, denial of service attacks, malicious social engineering or other malicious code, or cyber-attacks beyond what we can reasonably anticipate and such events could result in material loss. If any of our financial, accounting or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Security breaches in our online banking systems could also have an adverse effect on our reputation and could subject us to possible liability. Additionally, we could suffer disruptions to our systems or damage to our network infrastructure from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters, widespread health emergencies or pandemics, or events arising from local or larger scale political events, including terrorist acts. There can be no assurance that our policies, procedures and protective measures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure, interruption or security breach, or the policies, procedures and protective measures of our third- party vendors, will be effective. If significant failure, interruption or security breaches do occur in our processing systems or those of our third- party providers, we could suffer damage to our reputation, a loss of customer business, additional regulatory scrutiny, or exposure to civil litigation, additional costs and possible financial liability. In addition, our business is highly dependent on our ability to process, record and monitor, on a continuous basis, a large number of transactions. To do so, we are dependent on our employees and therefore, the potential for operational risk exposure exists throughout our organization, including losses resulting from human error. We could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our employees cause a significant operational breakdown or failure. If we fail to maintain adequate infrastructure, systems, controls and personnel relative to our size and products and services, our ability to effectively operate our business may be impaired and our business could be adversely affected.
We continually encounter technological change, and may have fewer resources than many of our larger competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We also may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.
Consumers and businesses are increasingly using non-banks to complete their financial transactions, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations
Technology and other changes are allowing consumers and businesses to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, the wide acceptance of Internet-based commerce has resulted in a number of alternative payment processing systems and lending platforms in which banks play only minor roles. Customers can now maintain funds in prepaid debit cards or digital currencies, and pay bills and transfer funds directly without the direct assistance of banks. The diminishing role of banks as financial intermediaries has resulted and could continue to result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the potential loss of lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks
From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business in our current markets or new markets. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development


14


Table of Contents

of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our operating results.
Our sources of funds are limited because of our holding company structure
The Company is a separate legal entity from its subsidiaries and does not have significant operations of its own. Dividends from the Bank provide a significant source of cash for the Company. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. Under these statutes and regulations, the Bank is not permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to the Company, its sole stockholder, if the dividend would reduce the stockholders' equity of the Bank below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion. National banks may pay dividends without the approval of its primary federal regulator only if they meet applicable regulatory capital requirements before and after the payment of the dividends and total dividends do not exceed net income to date over the calendar year plus its retained net income over the preceding two years. The Company has also reserved $5.0 million of its available cash to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank. If in the future, the Company utilizes its available cash for other purposes and the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company may not have sufficient funds to pay dividends.
FDIC deposit insurance costs have increased and may increase further in the future
FDIC insurance rates have increased significantly, and we may pay higher FDIC deposit premiums in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35% as the minimum Designated Reserve Ratio (“DRR”) for the deposit insurance fund. The FDIC has determined that the DRR should be 2.0% and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC to base deposit insurance premiums on an institution's total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. The FDIC has adopted final regulations that base assessments on a combination of financial ratios and regulatory ratings. The FDIC also revised the assessment schedule and established adjustments that increase assessments so that the range of assessments is now 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. If there are any changes in the Bank’s financial ratios and regulatory ratings that require adjustments that increase its assessment, or, if circumstances require the FDIC to impose additional special assessments or further increase its quarterly assessment rates, our results of operations could be adversely impacted.
We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which could adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares
In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved a new rule that substantially amends the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The final rule implements the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for us on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The Bank exercised this one-time opt-out option. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The phase in of the new capital conservation buffer requirement began in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.
We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and as of December 31, 2016, we believe that the Bank and the Company met all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer.
The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying out dividends or buying back shares. Specifically, beginning in 2016, the Bank’s ability to


15


Table of Contents

pay dividends are limited if it does not have the capital conservation buffer required by the new capital rules, which may limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders. See “Supervision and Regulation-Federal Banking Regulation-Capital Requirements.”
The residential loans in our loan portfolio are sensitive to regional and local economic conditions
We originate fixed and adjustable rate loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate, primarily in the Chicago market.  Our general practice is to sell a majority of our newly originated fixed-rate residential real estate loans and to hold in portfolio a limited number of adjustable-rate residential real estate loans. Our portfolio also includes home equity lines of credit and fixed-rate second mortgage loans. Residential real estate lending is sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios generally are more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, the borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses, which could in turn adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Recent regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell residential loans
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would hold lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:
excessive up-front points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);
interest-only payments;
negative-amortization; and
terms longer than 30 years.
Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau to adopt rules and publish forms that combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for and closing on certain mortgage loans under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has implemented a
final rule to implement this requirement, and the final rule was effective in October 2015.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the regulatory agencies to issue regulations that require securitizers of loans to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk for any asset that is not a “qualified residential mortgage.” The regulatory agencies have issued a final rule to implement this requirement, which provides that the definition of “qualified residential mortgage” is the same as the definition of “qualified mortgage” issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau for purposes of its regulations. These final rules could have a significant effect on the secondary market for loans and the types of loans we originate, and restrict our ability to make loans, any of which could limit our growth or profitability.
Trading activity in the Company's common stock could result in material price fluctuations
It is possible that trading activity in the Company's common stock, including short-selling or significant sales by our larger stockholders, could result in material price fluctuations of the price per share of the Company's common stock. In addition, such trading activity and the resultant volatility could make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate, or to use its stock as consideration for an acquisition.
Various factors may make takeover attempts that you might want to succeed more difficult to achieve, which may affect the value of shares of our common stock
Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of the Company without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquirer could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our shares of common stock. Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws also may make it difficult to remove our current board of directors or management if our board of directors opposes the removal. We have elected to be subject to the


16


Table of Contents

Maryland Business Combination Act, which places restrictions on mergers and other business combinations with large stockholders. In addition, our articles of incorporation provide that certain mergers and other similar transactions, as well as amendments to our articles of incorporation, must be approved by stockholders owning at least two-thirds of our shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter unless first approved by at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies. If approved by at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies, the action must still be approved by a majority of our shares entitled to vote on the matter. In addition, a director can be removed from office, but only for cause, if such removal is approved by stockholders owning at least two-thirds of our shares of common stock entitled to vote on the matter. However, if at least two-thirds of the number of our authorized directors, assuming no vacancies, approves the removal of a director, the removal may be with or without cause, but must still be approved by a majority of our voting shares entitled to vote on the matter. Additional provisions include limitations on the voting rights of any beneficial owners of moregreater than 10% of our common stock. Our bylaws, which can only be amended by the board of directors, also contain provisions regarding the timing, content and procedural requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations.
Non-Compliance with USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions
Financial institutions are required under the USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money-laundering and terrorist activities. Financial institutions are also obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network if such activities are detected. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure or the inability to comply with these regulations could result in fines or penalties, curtailment of expansion opportunities, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or expensive additional controls and systems. During the last few years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. In addition, the U.S. Government has previously imposed laws and regulations relating to residential and consumer lending activities that create significant new compliance burdens and financial risks. We have developed policies and continue to augment procedures and systems designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, but these policies may not be effective to provide such compliance.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
We conduct our business at 19 banking offices located in the Chicago metropolitan area, and from a corporate office.  We own our corporate office and banking offices other than our Chicago-Lincoln Park and Northbrook offices, which are leased. We also operate three satellite loan and lease production offices, all of which are leased. We believe that all of our properties and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition and adequate for all of our present and anticipated needs.
We believe our facilities in the aggregate are suitable and adequate to operate our banking and related business. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 6 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on currently available information, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.


17


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BFIN.” The approximate number of holders of record of the Company’s common stock as of January 31, 2017 was 1,305. Certainoutstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are heldrequired to file reports with the SEC disclosing beneficial ownership and changes in “nominee” or “street” name, and accordingly, the numberbeneficial ownership of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number.
The following table presents quarterly market information provided by the NASDAQ Stock Market for the Company’s common stock and information concerning the cash dividends paid for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
2015 and 2016 Quarterly Periods High Low Close 
Cash
Dividends
Paid
Quarter ended December 31, 2016 $15.12
 $12.15
 $14.82
 $0.06
Quarter ended September 30, 2016 12.80
 11.75
 12.70
 0.05
Quarter ended June 30, 2016 12.89
 11.38
 11.99
 0.05
Quarter ended March 31, 2016 13.29
 11.42
 11.82
 0.05
Quarter ended December 31, 2015 $13.22
 $12.10
 $12.63
 $0.04
Quarter ended September 30, 2015 12.48
 11.57
 12.43
 0.08
Quarter ended June 30, 2015 13.62
 11.47
 11.78
 0.04
Quarter ended March 31, 2015 13.16
 11.07
 13.14
 0.04
The Company is subjectstock. SEC rules require disclosure if an executive officer, director or 10% beneficial owner fails to federal regulatory limitationsfile these reports on a timely basis. Based on the paymentCompany’s review of dividends. Federal Reserve Board Supervisory Letter SR 09-4 provides that a bank holding company should, among other things, notify and make a submissionownership reports required to its local Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring a dividend if its net incomebe filed for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividend, and consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing its dividends if its net income for the current quarter is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, or if its net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends.
The Company is also subject to state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent provided, however, that even if the Company’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, the Company may make a distribution from: (1) the Company’s net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; (2) the Company’s net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or (3) the sum of the Company’s net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters.
Dividends from the Bank provide a significant source of cash for the Company. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. For a discussion of the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, see Part I, Item 1, “Business — Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Distributions.”
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The Company had no sales of unregistered stock during the year ended December 31, 2016.


18


Table2018, no executive officer, director or 10% beneficial owner of Contents

Repurchases of Equity Securities
On March 30, 2015, the Company announced that its Board had authorized the repurchase of up to 1,055,098 shares of the Company’s common stock which represents approximately 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock. On December 28, 2015, the Board extended this repurchase authorization from December 31, 2015failed to December 31, 2016, and increased the number of shares that can be repurchased in accordance with the authorization by an additional 1,046,868 shares. On October 27, 2016, the Board extended the expiration date of the repurchase authorization from December 31, 2016 to June 30, 2017, and increased the total number of shares authorized for repurchase by an additional 478,789 shares. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased 1,868,206 shares of its common stock out of the 2,580,755 shares of common stock authorized under this repurchase authorization. Since its inception, the Company has repurchased 6,107,340 shares of its common stock.
Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2016 through October 31, 2016 
 $
 
 750,000
November 1, 2016 through November 30, 2016 19,663
 13.13
 19,663
 730,337
December 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 17,788
 14.60
 17,788
 712,549
  37,451
   37,451
  


19


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
The following line graph shows a comparison of the cumulative returns for the Company, the Russell 2000 Index, the NASDAQ Bank Index, the ABA Community Bank NASDAQ Index and the KBW Regional Banking Index for the period beginning December 31, 2011 and ending December 31, 2016. The information assumes that $100 was invested at the closing price on December 31, 2011 in the Common Stock and each index, and that all dividends were reinvested.
  December 31,
  2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
BankFinancial Corporation 100.00
 134.91
 167.23
 217.94
 235.41
 280.25
Russell 2000 Index 100.00
 116.35
 161.52
 169.42
 161.95
 196.45
NASDAQ Bank Index 100.00
 115.79
 160.83
 165.40
 176.36
 238.13
ABA Community Bank NASDAQ Index 100.00
 115.34
 160.59
 165.10
 177.40
 241.24
KBW Bank Index 100.00
 110.46
 158.68
 159.00
 146.66
 184.21


20


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following information is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. For additional information, please refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
 At and For the Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Financial Condition Data:         
Total assets$1,620,037
 $1,512,443
 $1,465,410
 $1,453,594
 $1,481,192
Loans, net1,312,952
 1,232,257
 1,172,356
 1,098,077
 1,030,465
Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 2,166
Securities, at fair value107,212
 114,753
 121,174
 110,907
 77,832
Core deposit intangible782
 1,305
 1,855
 2,433
 3,038
Deposits1,339,390
 1,212,919
 1,211,713
 1,252,708
 1,282,351
Borrowings51,069
 64,318
 12,921
 3,055
 5,567
Equity204,780
 212,364
 216,121
 175,627
 172,890
          
Selected Operating Data:         
Interest and dividend income$50,928
 $48,962
 $49,349
 $49,392
 $60,727
Interest expense3,970
 2,814
 3,046
 3,653
 4,447
Net interest income46,958
 46,148
 46,303
 45,739
 56,280
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses(239) (3,206) (736) (687) 31,522
Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses47,197
 49,354
 47,039
 46,426
 24,758
Noninterest income6,545
 6,691
 6,709
 8,134
 7,723
Noninterest expense 
41,542
 41,945
 44,451
 51,262
 59,590
Income (loss) before income taxes12,200
 14,100
 9,297
 3,298
 (27,109)
Income tax expense (benefit) (1)
4,698
 5,425
 (31,317) 
 
Net income (loss)$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
 $3,298
 $(27,109)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share$0.40
 $0.44
 $2.01
 $0.16
 $(1.36)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share$0.39
 $0.44
 $2.01
 $0.16
 $(1.36)
(footnotes on following page)


21


Table of Contents

 At and For the Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:         
Performance Ratios:         
Return on assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets)0.49 % 0.60% 2.83 % 0.23 % (1.78)%
Return on equity (ratio of net income (loss) to average equity)3.60
 4.03
 22.58
 1.89
 (13.36)
Net interest rate spread (2)
3.19
 3.36
 3.35
 3.28
 3.86
Net interest margin (3)
3.28
 3.43
 3.40
 3.33
 3.93
Efficiency ratio (4)
77.64
 79.38
 83.85
 95.15
 93.11
Noninterest expense to average total assets 
2.72
 2.90
 3.10
 3.53
 3.92
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities135.09
 132.32
 123.09
 121.50
 123.17
Dividends declared per share$0.21
 $0.20
 $0.08
 $0.04
 $0.03
Dividend payout ratio55.1 % 47.8% 4.2 % 25.6 % N.M.
Asset Quality Ratios:         
Nonperforming assets to total assets (5)
0.44 % 0.70% 1.27 % 1.70 % 2.61 %
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.25
 0.29
 1.03
 1.66
 2.70
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans246.57
 271.30
 98.17
 76.89
 63.64
Allowance for loan losses to total loans0.62
 0.78
 1.01
 1.27
 1.72
Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans outstanding(0.11) 0.08
 (0.13) (0.31) (3.91)
Capital Ratios:         
Equity to total assets at end of period12.64 % 14.04% 14.75 % 12.08 % 11.67 %
Average equity to average assets13.62
 14.88
 12.54
 12.05
 13.36
Tier 1 leverage ratio (Bank only)10.27
 11.33
 11.45
 10.16
 9.60
Other Data:         
Number of full-service offices (6)
19
 19
 19
 20
 20
Employees (full-time equivalents)246
 251
 269
 301
 352
(1)Income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a full recovery of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $35.1 million.
(2)The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(3)The net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets for the period.
(4)The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(5)Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and other real estate owned.
(6)The Bank's Hyde Park East branch was closed on January 2, 2014.

N.M. Not Meaningful


22


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The discussion and analysis that follows focuses on certain factors affecting our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and our consolidated results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2016. Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and the discussion of our critical accounting policies appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report should be read in conjunction with this discussion and analysis.
Overview
The Company completed its evolution to a commercial banking organization through the conversion of its subsidiary, BankFinancial NA, to a national bank charter on November 30, 2016.  For 2016, total commercial-related loan balances grew by 9.6% to a new record level of $1.2 billion, and now comprise 89.6% of total loans.  For the past five years, total commercial-related loan growth averaged 12.2% per year.  The Company achieved its goal of maintaining exceptional asset quality in 2016 reflecting the relative strength of the Company’s loan originations over the past five years.
The core deposit portfolio remained stable during 2016 as we managed our deposit portfolio to retain and increase higher value core deposit relationships and maintain the lowest practicable cost of funds.
The Company’s net interest income and deposit account income increased modestly, while residential mortgage banking/servicing and wealth management/insurance income declined during 2016.  Non-interest expense declined during 2016 despite higher expenses for equity-based compensation.  Based on its increased earnings capacity, the Company increased its dividends paid to common shareholders in the first and fourth quarters of 2016. 
The Company maintained strong capital levels in 2016.  The Company’s capital strength enabled the Company to repurchase 1,063,557 shares (5.2%) for $13.2 million during 2016 as an additional component of returning value to shareholders.
The actions and results in 2016 position the Company well for 2017.  The additional capacity provided by the national banking charter permits more extensive growth in commercial loans and commercial leases in the current market environment, and the Company’s continuing improvements to operating efficiency during 2017 can be expected to produce noteworthy improvements to net income for 2017 compared to 2016.
Results of Operation
Net Income
Comparison of Year 2016 to 2015. We recorded net income of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to net income of $8.7 million for 2015. The decrease in net income was primarily due to the fact that we had net charge-offs of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and there were $907,000 of recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2015. The net charge-offs for 2016 included a $1.6 million charge-off resulting from the sale of three performing loans to a single borrower with a carrying value of $16.2 million. Our basic earnings per share of common stock was $0.40 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $0.44 per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Comparison of Year 2015 to 2014. We recorded net income of $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to net income of $40.6 million for 2014. Net income for 2014 included a tax benefit of $35.1 million that we recorded to reflect the reversal of a valuation allowance that we established in 2011 for deferred tax assets. Excluding this tax benefit, net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 would have been $5.5 million. The $3.2 million, or 57.8%, increase in year over year earnings exclusive of the 2014 tax benefit was primarily due to the combined effect of a $2.5 million increase in the recovery of provision for loan losses and a $2.5 million decrease in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our earnings per share of common stock was $0.44 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $2.01 per share of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2014. Excluding the tax benefit that we recorded for the recovery of the deferred tax assets valuation allowance, our earnings per share of common stock would have been $0.27 for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our primary source of revenue. Net interest income equals the excess of interest income (including discount accretion on purchased impaired loans) plus fees earned on interest earning assets over interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income. Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities


23


Table of Contents

that fund those assets. The net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and stockholders' equity, also support interest-earning assets.
The accounting policies underlying the recognition of interest income on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets are included in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


24


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets
The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect of these adjustments would not be material. Average balances are daily average balances. Nonaccrual loans are included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees and expenses, discounts and premiums, purchase accounting adjustments that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 Interest Yield/Rate 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 Interest Yield/Rate 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 Interest Yield/Rate
 (Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning Assets:                 
Loans$1,231,948
 $49,025
 3.98% $1,163,658
 $47,488
 4.08% $1,126,511
 $47,802
 4.24%
Securities108,467
 1,228
 1.13
 109,834
 1,141
 1.04
 114,708
 1,154
 1.01
Stock in FHLBC and FRB6,730
 89
 1.32
 6,257
 31
 0.50
 6,202
 28
 0.45
Other83,901
 586
 0.70
 64,434
 302
 0.47
 113,535
 365
 0.32
Total interest-earning assets1,431,046
 50,928
 3.56
 1,344,183
 48,962
 3.64
 1,360,956
 49,349
 3.63
Noninterest-earning assets96,973
     101,217
     73,126
    
Total assets$1,528,019
     $1,445,400
     $1,434,082
    
Interest-bearing Liabilities:                 
Savings deposits$158,312
 171
 0.11
 $155,686
 164
 0.11
 $153,671
 158
 0.10
Money market accounts318,248
 989
 0.31
 336,179
 1,054
 0.31
 347,367
 1,116
 0.32
NOW accounts253,810
 376
 0.15
 289,357
 360
 0.12
 349,021
 357
 0.10
Certificates of deposit304,194
 2,329
 0.77
 225,990
 1,216
 0.54
 252,629
 1,407
 0.56
Total deposits1,034,564
 3,865
 0.37
 1,007,212
 2,794
 0.28
 1,102,688
 3,038
 0.28
Borrowings24,764
 105
 0.42
 8,674
 20
 0.23
 2,980
 8
 0.27
Total interest-bearing liabilities1,059,328
 3,970
 0.37
 1,015,886
 2,814
 0.28
 1,105,668
 3,046
 0.28
Noninterest-bearing deposits239,361
     192,528
     129,282
    
Noninterest-bearing liabilities21,142
     21,882
     19,285
    
Total liabilities1,319,831
     1,230,296
     1,254,235
    
Equity208,188
     215,104
     179,847
    
Total liabilities and equity$1,528,019
     $1,445,400
     $1,434,082
    
Net interest income  $46,958
     $46,148
     $46,303
  
Net interest rate spread (1)
    3.19%     3.36%     3.35%
Net interest-earning assets (2)
$371,718
     $328,297
     $255,288
    
Net interest margin (3)
    3.28%     3.43%     3.40%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities135.09%     132.32%     123.09%    
_________________
(1)Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


25


Table of Contents

Comparison of Year 2016 to 2015. Net interest income increased by $810,000, or 1.8%, to $47.0 millionfor the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our net interest rate spread decreased 17 basis points to 3.19%for the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from 3.36% for 2015. Our net interest margin decreased by 15 basis points to 3.28%for the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from 3.43% for 2015. The decreases in the net interest rate spread and net interest margin resulted from increased interest-earning asset average balances at lower average yields and increased interest-bearing liabilities average balances at higher costs. Our average interest-earning assets increased $86.9 million to $1.431 billionfor the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from $1.344 billion for the year ended 2015. Our average interest-bearing liabilities increased $43.4 million to $1.059 billionfor the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from $1.016 billion for 2015.
Comparison of Year 2015 to 2014. Net interest income decreased by $155,000, or 0.3%, to $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our net interest rate spread increased one basis point to 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2015, from 3.35% for 2014. Our net interest margin increased by three basis points to 3.43% for the year ended December 31, 2015, from 3.40% for 2014. Our average interest-earning assets decreased $16.8 million to $1.344 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $1.361 billion for the year ended 2014. Our average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $89.8 million to $1.016 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $1.106 billion for 2014.
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with respect to changes attributable to changes in volume (i.e., changes in average balances multiplied by the prior-period average rate), and changes attributable to rate (i.e., changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average balances). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
 Increase (Decrease) Due to   Increase (Decrease) Due to  
 Volume Rate 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 Volume Rate 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 (Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:           
Loans$2,726
 $(1,189) $1,537
 $1,535
 $(1,849) $(314)
Securities(14) 101
 87
 (48) 35
 (13)
Stock in FHLBC and FRB3
 55
 58
 
 3
 3
Other108
 176
 284
 (194) 131
 (63)
Total interest-earning assets2,823
 (857) 1,966
 1,293
 (1,680) (387)
Interest-bearing liabilities:           
Savings deposits7
 
 7
 1
 5
 6
Money market accounts(65) 
 (65) (31) (31) (62)
NOW accounts(52) 68
 16
 (63) 66
 3
Certificates of deposit499
 614
 1,113
 (143) (48) (191)
Borrowings59
 26
 85
 13
 (1) 12
Total interest-bearing liabilities448
 708
 1,156
 (223) (9) (232)
Change in net interest income$2,375
 $(1,565) $810
 $1,516
 $(1,671) $(155)


26


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses
We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or events change. We assess the allowance for loan lossesfile any required ownership report on a quarterly basis and make provisions for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance.
We recorded net recoveries of loan losses of $239,000, $3.2 million and $736,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The provision for loan losses is a function of the allowance for loan loss methodology we use to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for inherent loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted. The portion of the allowance for loan losses attributable to loans collectively evaluated for impairment decreased $1.5 million, or 16.0%, to $8.1 million at December 31, 2016, from $9.6 million at December 31, 2015. This decrease occurred primarily because the growth in our loan portfolio focused on loan types with lower loss ratios based on our historical loss experience, and improvements in the historical loan loss factors that occurred as the losses incurred in earlier periods aged and thus were either eliminated from the calculation or assigned a lower weight. Net charge-offs were $1.3 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and there were $907,000 of recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2015. Charge-off activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 included a $1.6 million charge-off resulting from the sale of three performing loans to a single borrower with a carrying value of $16.2 million. For further analysis and information on how we determine the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses and analysis of credit quality, see “Critical Accounting Policies,” “Risk Classification of Loans” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”
Noninterest Income
 Years Ended December 31, Change
 2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
 (Dollars in thousands)
Deposit service charges and fees$2,254
 $2,248
 $1,977
 $6
 $271
Other fee income2,052
 2,143
 2,238
 (91) (95)
Insurance commissions and annuities income302
 386
 431
 (84) (45)
Gain on sale of loans, net75
 102
 158
 (27) (56)
Gain (loss) on sale of securities46
 
 (7) 46
 7
Gain (loss) on sale of other assets38
 (1) 5
 39
 (6)
Loan servicing fees276
 354
 418
 (78) (64)
Amortization of servicing assets(128) (137) (135) 9
 (2)
Recovery (impairment) of servicing assets16
 (3) (8) 19
 5
Earnings on bank owned life insurance207
 194
 235
 13
 (41)
Trust income674
 712
 683
 (38) 29
Other733
 693
 714
 40
 (21)
Total noninterest income$6,545
 $6,691
 $6,709
 $(146) $(18)
Comparison of Year 2016 to 2015.Our noninterest income decreased by $146,000, or 2.2%, to $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, from $6.7 million in 2015. Deposit service charges and fees increased $6,000, or 0.3%, to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to increased fees from deposit accounts. Other fee income decreased $91,000, or 4.2%, to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in other fee income reflects decreased ATM and visa debit card charges and other loan fees in 2016 compared to 2015. Bank-owned life insurance produced earnings of $207,000 for 2016, an increase of $13,000, or 6.7%, compared to $194,000 for 2015.
Comparison of Year 2015 to 2014. Our noninterest income remained stable at $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Deposit service charges and fees increased $271,000, or 13.7%, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to increased fees from deposit accounts. Other fee income decreased $95,000, or 4.2%, to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $2.2 million for the year ended


27


Table of Contents

December 31, 2014. The decrease is primarily due to decreased ATM surcharges and service charges in 2015 compared to 2014. Bank-owned life insurance produced earnings of $194,000 for 2015, a decrease of $41,000, or 17.4%, compared to $235,000 for 2014, due to decreased annualized policy returns.
Noninterest Expense
 Years Ended December 31, Change
 2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
 (Dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits$22,755
 $22,222
 $22,874
 $533
 $(652)
Office occupancy and equipment6,380
 6,522
 6,878
 (142) (356)
Advertising and public relations870
 991
 1,107
 (121) (116)
Information technology2,892
 2,669
 2,676
 223
 (7)
Supplies, telephone and postage1,364
 1,586
 1,579
 (222) 7
Amortization of intangibles523
 550
 578
 (27) (28)
Nonperforming asset management399
 681
 838
 (282) (157)
Loss (gain) on sale other real estate owned(128) (58) 35
 (70) (93)
Valuation adjustments of other real estate owned314
 548
 438
 (234) 110
Operations of other real estate owned660
 573
 935
 87
 (362)
FDIC insurance premiums755
 904
 1,416
 (149) (512)
Other4,758
 4,757
 5,097
 1
 (340)
Total noninterest expense$41,542
 $41,945
 $44,451
 $(403) $(2,506)
Comparison of Year 2016 to 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, noninterest expense decreased by $403,000, or 1.0%, to $41.5 million, from $41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Compensation and benefits expense increased $533,000, or 2.4%, to $22.8 million for the year endedDecember 31, 2016, from $22.2 million in 2015. The increase was due in substantial part to stock-based compensation expense of $982,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $638,000 in 2015. The stock-based compensation was partially offset by a decrease in compensation costs due in part to the reduction in full time equivalent employees to 246 at December 31, 2016, from 251 at December 31, 2015. Noninterest expense for 2016 included $1.2 million of nonperforming asset management and OREO expenses, compared to $1.7 million for 2015. Nonperforming asset management expenses decreased $282,000, or 41.4%, to $399,000for the year endedDecember 31, 2016, compared to $681,000 in 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in nonperforming assets and a corresponding decline in expenses relating to resolutions and accelerated dispositions of nonperforming assets. The most significant decrease in nonperforming asset management expense related to real estate taxes, which totaled $198,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $247,000 for 2015. OREO expenses for the year endedDecember 31, 2016 totaled $846,000, and included a $314,000 valuation adjustment to OREO properties, compared to a $548,000 valuation adjustment in 2015. Noninterest expense for the for the year endedDecember 31, 2016 included a provision of $174,000 for mortgage representation and warranty reserve for mortgage loans sold, compared to a $80,000 provision for 2015.
Comparison of Year 2015 to 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015, noninterest expense decreased by $2.5 million, or 5.6%, to $41.9 million, compared to $44.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Compensation and benefits expense decreased $652,000, or 2.9%, to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $22.9 million in 2014. The decrease was due in part to the reduction in full time equivalent employees to 251 at December 31, 2015 from 269 at December 31, 2014, the impact of which was partially offset by a $600,000 increase in stock-based compensation to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from $1.1 million for 2014. Noninterest expense for 2015 included $1.7 million of nonperforming asset management and OREO expenses, compared to $2.2 million for 2014. Nonperforming asset management expenses decreased $157,000, or 18.7%, to $681,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $838,000 in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in nonperforming assets and a corresponding decline in expenses relating to resolutions and accelerated dispositions of nonperforming assets. The most significant decrease in nonperforming asset management expense related to real estate taxes, which totaled $247,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $417,000 for 2014. OREO expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $1.1 million, and included a $548,000 valuation adjustment to OREO properties, compared to a $438,000 valuation adjustment in 2014. Noninterest expense for the for the year ended December 31, 2015 included a provision of $80,000 for mortgage representation and warranty reserve for mortgage loans sold, compared to a $73,000 provision for 2014.


28


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
Comparison of Year 2016 to 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we recorded income tax expense of $4.7 million, compared to $5.4 million recorded in 2015. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 38.51%.
Comparison of Year 2015 to 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015 we recorded income tax expense of $5.4 million, compared to an income tax benefit of $31.3 million recorded in 2014, which included the full recovery of the valuation allowance of $35.1 million we established for deferred tax assets in 2011. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 38.48%.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015
Total assets increased $107.6 million, or 7.1%, to $1.620 billion at December 31, 2016, from $1.512 billion at December 31, 2015. The increase in total assets was primarily due to increases in cash and cash equivalents and loans receivable, which were partially offset by a decrease in securities. Net loans increased $80.7 million, or 6.5%, to $1.313 billion at December 31, 2016, from $1.232 billion at December 31, 2015. Net securities decreased by $7.5 million, or 6.6%, to $107.2 million at December 31, 2016, from $114.8 million at December 31, 2015.
Our loan portfolio consists primarily of investment and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, construction and land loans, and commercial leases), which together totaled 89.6% of gross loans at December 31, 2016. Net loans receivable increased $80.7 million, or 6.5%, to $1.313 billion at December 31, 2016. Commercial leases increased $87.1 million, or 32.8%, due in part to the Company's acquisition of a portfolio of investment-grade commercial leases from a competitor exiting the sector. The Company closed $55 million of the portfolio acquisition late in the fourth quarter of 2016, consisting of leases having an average rate of 2.31% and an average duration of approximately 26 months. Multi-family mortgage loans increased by $36.9 million, or 7.3%; commercial loans increased by $23.5 million, or 29.6%; nonresidential real estate loans decreased $44.6 million, or 19.7%; construction and land loans decreased by $11,000, or 0.8%; and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans decreased by $24.3 million, or 15.2%.
Our allowance for loan losses decreased by $1.6 million, or 16.1%, to $8.1 million at December 31, 2016, from $9.7 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease reflected the combined impact of a $239,000 recovery of provision for loan losses and $1.3 million of net charge-offs.
Securities decreased $7.5 million, or 6.6%, to $107.2 million at December 31, 2016, from $114.8 million at December 31, 2015, due primarily to proceeds from maturities of $67.7 million and repayments of $5.1 million on residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. These repayments were partially offset by securities purchases of $65.6 million. During 2016 and 2015, we also invested in FDIC insured certificates of deposit issued by other insured depository institutions.
Total liabilities increased $115.2 million, or 8.9%, to $1.415 billion at December 31, 2016, from $1.300 billion at December 31, 2015, primarily due to increases in interest-bearing NOW accounts and certificates of deposits. The increases were partially offset by decreases in borrowings, non-interest demand accounts and money market accounts. Total deposits increased $126.5 million, or 10.4%, to $1.339 billion at December 31, 2016, from 1.213 billion at December 31, 2015. Certificates of deposit increased $128.9 million, or 57.9%, to $351.6 million at December 31, 2016, from $222.7 million at December 31, 2015. This increase included a $119.3 million increase in brokered certificates of deposit. Interest-bearing NOW accounts increased $18.1 million, or 7.3%, to $267.1 million at December 31, 2016, from $249.0 million at December 31, 2015. Savings accounts increased $3.3 million, or 2.1%, to $160.0 million at December 31, 2016, from $156.8 million at December 31, 2015. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased $5.3 million, or 2.1%, to $249.5 million at December 31, 2016, from $254.8 million at December 31, 2015. Money market accounts decreased $18.5 million, or 5.6% to $311.2 million at December 31, 2016, from $329.7 million at December 31, 2015. Core deposits (which consist of savings, money market, noninterest-bearing demand and NOW accounts) were 73.7% and 81.6% of total deposits at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
Total stockholders’ equity was $204.8 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $212.4 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease in total stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the combined impact of our repurchase of 1,063,557 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $13.2 million, and our declaration and payment of cash dividends totaling $4.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2016. These items were partially offset by net income of $7.5 million that we recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016. The unallocated shares of common stock that our ESOP owns were reflected as an $8.3 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2016, compared to a $9.3 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2015.


29


Table of Contents

Securities
Our investment policy is established by our Board of Directors. The policy emphasizes safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management strategy.
At December 31, 2016, our mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) reflected in the following table were issued by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and agencies, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, and are obligations which the federal government has affirmed its commitment to support. All securities reflected in the table were classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System as a result of its conversion to a national bank charter on November 30, 2016. The Bank was required to purchase stock in the FRB-C in 2016 in connection with the charter conversion. The aggregate cost of our FRB common stock as of December 31, 2016 was $5.4 million based on its par value. The Bank is also a member of the FHLB System. Members of the FHLB System are required to hold a certain amount of common stock to qualify for membership in the FHLB System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLBC’s advance program. The aggregate cost of our FHLBC common stock as of December 31, 2016 was $6.3 million based on its par value. There is no market for FHLBC and FRB common stock. We purchased no FHLBC stock during 2016 and 2015. At December 31, 2016 we owned 35,138 shares of FHLBC common stock in excess of the number of shares we were required to own to maintain our membership in the FHLB System and to be eligible to obtain advances.
The following table sets forth the composition, amortized cost and fair value of our securities.
 At December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 
Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value 
Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value 
Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value
 (Dollars in thousands)
Securities:           
Certificates of deposits$85,938
 $85,938
 $87,901
 $87,901
 $86,049
 $86,049
Equity mutual funds500
 499
 500
 507
 500
 509
SBA - guaranteed loan participation certificates17
 17
 23
 23
 29
 29
Total86,455
 86,454
 88,424
 88,431
 86,578
 86,587
Mortgage-backed Securities:           
Mortgage-backed securities - residential14,561
 15,184
 18,330
 19,180
 23,433
 24,611
CMOs and REMICs - residential5,587
 5,574
 7,111
 7,142
 9,936
 9,976
Total mortgage-backed securities20,148
 20,758
 25,441
 26,322
 33,369
 34,587
 $106,603
 $107,212
 $113,865
 $114,753
 $119,947
 $121,174
The fair values of marketable equity securities are generally determined by quoted prices, in active markets, for each specific security. If quoted market prices are not available for a marketable equity security, we determine its fair value based on the quoted price of a similar security traded in an active market. The fair values of debt securities are generally determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. The fair value of a security is used to determine the amount of any unrealized losses that must be reflected in our other comprehensive income and the net book value of our securities.
We evaluate marketable investment securities with significant declines in fair value on a quarterly basis to determine whether they should be considered other-than-temporarily impaired under current accounting guidance, which generally provides that if a marketable security is in an unrealized loss position, whether due to general market conditions or industry or issuer-specific factors, the holder of the securities must assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.


30


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields
The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio and the mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December 31, 2016 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. Municipal securities yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis, as the amount is immaterial.
 One Year or Less 
More than One Year
through Five Years
 
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
 More than Ten Years
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 (Dollars in thousands)
Securities:               
Certificates of deposit$85,938
 1.04% $
 % $
 % $
 %
SBA guaranteed loan participation certificates
 
 17
 2.00
 
 
 
 
 85,938
 1.04
 17
 2.00
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed Securities:               
Pass-through securities:               
Fannie Mae
 
 
 
 2
 2.73
 7,162
 3.27
Freddie Mac
 
 32
 2.10
 
 
 1,159
 3.56
Ginnie Mae
 
 
 
 55
 2.39
 6,151
 2.03
CMOs and REMICs
 
 
 
 476
 1.00
 5,111
 1.31
 
 
 32
 2.10
 533
 1.15
 19,583
 2.38
Total securities$85,938
 1.04% $49
 2.06% $533
 1.15% $19,583
 2.38%



31


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio
We originate multi-family mortgage loans, nonresidential real estate loans, commercial loans, commercial leases and construction and land loans. In addition, we originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, and purchase and sell loan participations from time-to-time. Our principal loan products are discussed in Note 4 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, excluding loans held-for-sale, by type of loan.
 At December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
 Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent
 (Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential$135,218
 10.25% $159,501
 12.86% $180,337
 15.24% $201,382
 18.12% $218,596
 20.86%
Multi-family mortgage542,887
 41.15
 506,026
 40.80
 480,349
 40.60
 396,058
 35.64
 352,019
 33.60
Nonresidential real estate182,152
 13.81
 226,735
 18.28
 234,500
 19.82
 263,567
 23.72
 264,672
 25.26
Construction and land1,302
 0.09
 1,313
 0.10
 1,885
 0.16
 6,570
 0.59
 8,552
 0.82
Commercial loans103,063
 7.81
 79,516
 6.41
 66,882
 5.65
 54,255
 4.88
 61,388
 5.86
Commercial leases352,539
 26.72
 265,405
 21.40
 217,143
 18.36
 187,112
 16.84
 139,783
 13.34
Consumer2,255
 0.17
 1,831
 0.15
 2,051
 0.17
 2,317
 0.21
 2,745
 0.26
 1,319,416
 100.00% 1,240,327
 100.00% 1,183,147
 100.00% 1,111,261
 100.00% 1,047,755
 100.00%
Net deferred loan origination costs1,663
   1,621
   1,199
   970
   745
  
Allowance for loan losses(8,127)   (9,691)   (11,990)   (14,154)   (18,035)  
Total loans, net$1,312,952
   $1,232,257
   $1,172,356
   $1,098,077
   $1,030,465
  
We engage in multi-family lending activities in the Chicago Metropolitan Statistical Areas and in other carefully selected Metropolitan Statistical Areas outside of our primary lending area and engage in healthcare lending and commercial leasing activities on a nationwidetimely basis. At December 31, 2016, $290.5 million, or 53.5%, or our multi-family loans were in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Chicago, Illinois, while $58.4 million, or 10.8%, were in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Dallas, Texas, $53.8 million, or 9.9%, were in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Denver, Colorado, $20.6 million, or 3.8%, were in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Minneapolis, Minnesota, and $27.7 million, or 5.1%, were in the Metropolitan Statistical Area for Tampa, Florida.


32


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities
The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2016. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
 
Within
One Year
 
One Year
Through
Five Years
 
Beyond
Five Years
 Total
 (Dollars in thousands)
Scheduled Repayments of Loans:       
One-to-four family residential$18,154
 $33,560
 $83,504
 $135,218
Multi-family mortgage30,683
 89,928
 422,276
 542,887
Nonresidential real estate37,820
 127,445
 16,887
 182,152
Construction and land90
 266
 946
 1,302
Commercial loans and leases226,369
 223,559
 5,674
 455,602
Consumer1,088
 856
 311
 2,255
 $314,204
 $475,614
 $529,598
 $1,319,416
        
       Total
Loans Maturing After One Year:       
Predetermined (fixed) interest rates      $442,239
Adjustable interest rates      562,973
       $1,005,212


33


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Loans and Assets
We review loans on a regular basis, and generally place loans on nonaccrual status when either principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. In addition, the Company places loans on nonaccrual status when we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed from interest income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are recognized in accordance with our significant accounting policies. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status. We may have loans classified as 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing. Generally, we do not utilize this category of loan classification unless: (1) the loan is repaid in full shortly after the period end date; (2) the loan is well secured and there are no asserted or pending legal barriers to its collection; or (3) the borrower has remitted all scheduled payments and is otherwise in substantial compliance with the terms of the loan, but the processing of loan payments actually received or the renewal of the loan has not occurred for administrative reasons. At December 31, 2016, we had no loans in this category.
We typically obtain new third-party appraisals or collateral valuations when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, conduct impairment testing or complete a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) unless the existing valuation information for the collateral is sufficiently current to comply with the requirements of our Appraisal and Collateral Valuation Policy (“ACV Policy”). We also obtain new third-party appraisals or collateral valuations when the judicial foreclosure process concludes with respect to real estate collateral, and when we otherwise acquire actual or constructive title to real estate collateral. In addition to third-party appraisals, we use updated valuation information based on Multiple Listing Service data, broker opinions of value, actual sales prices of similar assets sold by us and approved sales prices in response to offers to purchase similar assets owned by us to provide interim valuation information for consolidated financial statement and management purposes. Our ACV Policy establishes the maximum useful life of a real estate appraisal at 18 months. Because appraisals and updated valuations utilize historical or “ask-side” data in reaching valuation conclusions, the appraised or updated valuation may or may not reflect the actual sales price that we will receive at the time of sale.
Real estate appraisals may include up to three approaches to value: the sales comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property) and the cost approach. Not all appraisals utilize all three approaches. Depending on the nature of the collateral and market conditions, we may emphasize one approach over another in determining the fair value of real estate collateral. Appraisals may also contain different estimates of value based on the level of occupancy or planned future improvements. “As-is” valuations represent an estimate of value based on current market conditions with no changes to the use or condition of the real estate collateral. “As-stabilized” or “as-completed” valuations assume the real estate collateral will be improved to a stated standard or achieve its highest and best use in terms of occupancy. “As-stabilized” or “as-completed” valuations may be subject to a present value adjustment for market conditions or the schedule of improvements.
As part of the asset classification process, we develop an exit strategy for real estate collateral or OREO by assessing overall market conditions, the current use and condition of the asset, and its highest and best use. For most income–producing real estate, we believe that investors value most highly a stable income stream from the asset; consequently, we perform a comparative evaluation to determine whether conducting a sale on an “as-is,” “as-stabilized” or “as-improved” basis is most likely to produce the highest net realizable value. If we determine that the “as-stabilized” or “as-improved” basis is appropriate, we then complete the necessary improvements or tenant stabilization tasks, with the applicable time value discount and improvement expenses incorporated into our estimates of the expected costs to sell. As of December 31, 2016, substantially all impaired real estate loan collateral and OREO were valued on an “as–is basis.”
Estimates of the net realizable value of real estate collateral also include a deduction for the expected costs to sell the collateral or such other deductions from the cash flows resulting from the operation and liquidation of the asset as are appropriate. For most real estate collateral subject to the judicial foreclosure process, we apply a 10.0% deduction to the value of the asset to determine the expected costs to sell the asset. This estimate includes one year of real estate taxes, sales commissions and miscellaneous repair and closing costs. If we receive a purchase offer that requires unbudgeted repairs, or if the expected resolution period for the asset exceeds one year, we then include, on a case-by-case basis, the costs of the additional real estate taxes and repairs and any other material holding costs in the expected costs to sell the collateral. For OREO, we apply a 7.0% deduction to determine the expected costs to sell, as expenses for real estate taxes and repairs are expensed when incurred.


34


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets Summary
The following table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets.
 At December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
 (Dollars in thousands)
Nonaccrual loans         
One-to-four family residential$2,851
 $2,455
 $4,408
 $4,741
 $7,299
Multi-family mortgage185
 821
 4,481
 7,098
 3,517
Nonresidential real estate260
 296
 3,245
 5,847
 8,985
Construction and land
 
 
 382
 2,210
Commercial
 
 76
 100
 256
Consumer
 
 3
 12
 
 3,296
 3,572
 12,213
 18,180
 22,267
Loans Past Due Over 90 Days, still accruing
 
 
 228
 329
Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 1,752
Other real estate owned         
One-to-four family residential1,565
 2,621
 1,263
 1,077
 1,760
Multi-family mortgage370
 951
 2,307
 1,921
 720
Nonresidential real estate1,066
 1,747
 885
 1,181
 3,504
Land894
 1,692
 1,903
 2,127
 1,323
 3,895
 7,011
 6,358
 6,306
 7,307
Nonperforming assets (excluding purchased impaired loans and purchased other real estate owned)7,191
 10,583
 18,571
 24,714
 31,655
Purchased impaired loans (1), (2)
         
One-to-four family residential        380
Nonresidential real estate        2,568
Construction and land        1,021
Commercial        20
 

 

 

 

 3,989
Purchased other real estate owned (1), (2)
         
One-to-four family residential        320
Nonresidential real estate        462
Land        2,269
 

 

 

 

 3,051
Purchased impaired loans and other real estate owned

 

 

 

 7,040
Total nonperforming assets$7,191
 $10,583
 $18,571
 $24,714
 $38,695
          
Ratios         
Nonperforming loans to total loans0.25% 0.29% 1.03% 1.66% 2.70%
Nonperforming assets to total assets0.44% 0.70% 1.27% 1.70% 2.61%
(1)Purchased impaired loans and purchased other real estate owned are no longer segregated after 2012.
(2)Purchased impaired loans and purchased other real estate owned resulted from the Downers Grove National Bank acquisition.


35


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets
Nonperforming assets decreased by $3.4 million in 2016, due in substantial part to the execution of the Company's plan to materially reduce nonperforming asset expenses and return to the Company's historical asset quality levels. Nonperforming assets totaled $7.2 million at December 31, 2016, and $10.6 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease in nonperforming assets for the year ended December 31, 2016 reflected the disposition of $4.1 million of OREO, and other nonperforming asset resolutions.
Approximately $1.3 million nonaccrual loans were transferred to OREO during the year ended December 31, 2016. These were primarily residential, multi-family and nonresidential loans, comprising the majority of the decrease in nonaccrual loans for the period. We continue to experience modest quantities of defaults on residential loans principally due either to the borrower’s personal financial condition or death, and/or deteriorated collateral value.
Loan Extensions and Modifications
Maturing loans are subject to our standard loan underwriting policies and practices. Due to the need to obtain updated borrower and guarantor financial information, collateral information or to prepare revised loan documentations, loans in the process of renewal may appear as past due because the information needed to underwrite a renewal of the loan is not available to us prior to the maturity date of the loan. At times, short-term administrative extensions, which are typically 90 days in duration, are granted to facilitate proper underwriting. In general, loan modifications are subject to a risk-adjusted pricing analysis.
When appropriate, we evaluate loan extensions or modifications in accordance with ASC 310-40 and related federal regulatory guidance concerning TDRs and the FFIEC workout guidance to determine the required treatment for nonaccrual status and risk classification purposes. In general, if we grant a loan modification or extension that involves either the absence of principal amortization (other than for revolving lines of credit which are customarily granted on interest-only terms), or if we grant a material extension of an existing loan amortization period in excess of our underwriting standards, the loan will be placed on nonaccrual status and impairment testing conducted to determine whether a specific valuation allowance or loss classification / charge-off is required. If the loan is well secured by an abundance of collateral and the collectability of both interest and principal is probable, the loan may remain on accrual status, but it will be classified as a TDR due to the concession made in the loan principal amortization payment component. A loan in full compliance with the payment requirements specified in a loan modification will not be considered as past due, but may nonetheless be placed on nonaccrual status or be classified as a TDR, as appropriate under the circumstances.
In accordance with the FFIEC workout guidance, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a nonperforming note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
The Company had $341,000 of TDRs at December 31, 2016, compared to $2.7 million at December 31, 2015, with no specific valuation allowances allocated to those loans at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company had no outstanding commitments to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs. During the first quarter of 2016, six loans totaling $1.5 million were declassified as TDRs as they successfully met the regulatory criteria for removal from TDR status.
The following table presents the Company's TDRs by class.
 At December 31,
 2016 2015
 (Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential real estate$205
 $1,385
Multi-family mortgage
 1,119
Accrual troubled debt restructured loans205
 2,504
One-to-four family residential real estate136
 174
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans136
 174
Total troubled debt restructured loans$341
 $2,678


36


Table of Contents

Risk Classification of Loans
Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets, or designated as special mention.
A substandard asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. The risk-rating guidance published by the OCC clarifies that a loan with a well-defined weakness does not have to present a probability of default for the loan to be rated substandard, and that an individual loan’s loss potential does not have to be distinct for the loan to be rated substandard. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted; such balances are promptly charged-off as required by applicable federal regulations. A special mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Based on a review of our assets at December 31, 2016, classified loans consisted of $3.6 million performing substandard loans and $3.3 million of nonperforming loans. As of December 31, 2016, we had $1.1 million of loans designated as special mention.
Allowance for Loan Losses
We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we consider necessary to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, we consider past and current loss experience, trends in nonaccrual loans, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates as more information becomes available or events change.
We provide for loan losses based on the allowance method. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the related allowance and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors that, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable incurred credit losses. We review the loan portfolio on an ongoing basis and make provisions for loan losses on a quarterly basis to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The allowance for loan losses consists of two components:
specific allowances established for any impaired residential non-owner occupied mortgage, multi-family mortgage, nonresidential real estate, construction and land, commercial, and commercial lease loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; and
general allowances for loan losses for each loan class based on historical loan loss experience; and adjustments to historical loss experience (general allowances), maintained to cover uncertainties that affect our estimate of probable incurred credit losses for each loan class.
The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several factors, including levels of, and trends in, past due and classified loans; levels of, and trends in, charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans, including any credit concentrations in the loan portfolio; experience, and ability of lending management and other relevant staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.
We evaluate the allowance for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally, when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable incurred credit losses than would be the case without the increase. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology generally results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.
We review our loan portfolio on an ongoing basis to determine whether any loans require classification and impairment testing in accordance with applicable regulations and accounting principles. When we classify loans as either substandard or doubtful and in certain other cases, we review the collateral and future cash flow projections to determine if a specific reserve is necessary. The


37


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses represents amounts that have been established to recognize incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the consolidated financial statements. When we classify problem loans as loss, we charge-off such amounts.
Our calculation of the general component of the allowance for loan losses includes the FASB disclosure requirement that each loan portfolio category must be segmented into specific loan classes (FASB Standards Update 2010-20 (ASU 210-20), “Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”). Loan class segmentation tables are presented in Note 4 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. To maintain consistency, the loan class segmentation was also applied within the 12-quarter loss history that we use to calculate the general component of the allowance for loan losses, inherent risk factor weightings were adjusted based on our evaluation of their relevance to the new loan classes, and duplicative historical loss factors were eliminated from the loan class segmentation.
While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may become necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information that we used in making the evaluations. Our determinations as to the risk classification of our loans and the amount of our allowance for loan losses are subject to review by our regulatory agencies, which can require that we establish additional loss allowances.


38


Table of Contents

Net Charge-offs and Recoveries
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses.
 At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
 (Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year$9,691
 $11,990
 $14,154
 $18,035
 $31,726
Charge-offs         
One-to-four family residential(539) (386) (873) (1,505) (12,366)
Multi-family mortgage(79) (198) (1,230) (1,832) (7,203)
Nonresidential real estate(1,718) (391) (1,727) (577) (18,167)
Construction and land
 
 (1) (943) (4,311)
Commercial loans
 (152) (123) (425) (4,960)
Commercial leases
 
 (8) 
 (121)
Consumer(25) (16) (12) (55) (103)
 (2,361) (1,143) (3,974) (5,337) (47,231)
Recoveries         
One-to-four family residential321
 702
 418
 447
 233
Multi-family mortgage162
 182
 100
 236
 539
Nonresidential real estate200
 509
 423
 519
 328
Construction and land35
 44
 377
 463
 250
Commercial loans309
 611
 1,225
 470
 626
Commercial leases7
 1
 
 
 
Consumer2
 1
 3
 8
 42
 1,036
 2,050
 2,546
 2,143
 2,018
Net recoveries (charge-offs)(1,325) 907
 (1,428) (3,194) (45,213)
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses(239) (3,206) (736) (687) 31,522
Balance at end of year$8,127
 $9,691
 $11,990
 $14,154
 $18,035
          
Ratios         
Net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans outstanding(0.11)% 0.08% (0.13)% (0.31)% (3.91)%
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans246.57
 271.30
 98.17
 76.89
 63.64
Allowance for loan losses to total loans0.62
 0.78
 1.01
 1.27
 1.72
We had a recovery of loan losses of $239,000 in 2016, compared to a recovery of $3.2 million in 2015. The provision for or recovery of loan losses is a function of the allowance for loan loss methodology that we use to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for inherent loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted. The portion of the allowance for loan losses attributable to loans collectively evaluated for impairment decreased $1.5 million, or 16.0%, to $8.1 million at December 31, 2016, from $9.6 million at December 31, 2015.The reserve established for loans individually evaluated for impairment decreased $18,000, or 40.9%, to $26,000 at December 31, 2016, from $44,000 at December 31, 2015. Net charge-offs were $1.3 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and we had $907,000 of recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2015. Although our loan portfolio increased by $79.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, the combined impact of these factors and a five basis point reduction in our weighted average historical loss rates was sufficient to fully fund the allowance to reflect the growth in our loan portfolio.
A loan balance is classified as a loss and charged-off when it is confirmed that there is no readily apparent source of repayment for the portion of the loan that is classified as loss. Confirmation can occur upon the receipt of updated third-party appraisal valuation information indicating that there is a low probability of repayment upon sale of the collateral, the final disposition of


39


Table of Contents

collateral where the net proceeds are insufficient to pay the loan balance in full, our failure to obtain possession of certain consumer-loan collateral within certain time limits specified by applicable federal regulations, the conclusion of legal proceedings where the borrower’s obligation to repay is legally discharged (such as a Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceeding), or when it appears that further formal collection procedures are not likely to result in net proceeds in excess of the costs to collect.
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table sets forth our allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 At December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Allowance
for  Loan
Losses
 
Loan
Balances by
Category
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 (Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential$1,168
 $135,218
 10.25% $1,704
 $159,501
 12.86% $2,148
 $180,337
 15.24%
Multi-family mortgage3,647
 542,887
 41.15
 3,610
 506,026
 40.80
 5,205
 480,349
 40.60
Nonresidential real estate1,794
 182,152
 13.81
 2,582
 226,735
 18.28
 2,940
 234,500
 19.82
Construction and land32
 1,302
 0.09
 43
 1,313
 0.10
 80
 1,885
 0.16
Commercial loans733
 103,063
 7.81
 654
 79,516
 6.41
 554
 66,882
 5.65
Commercial leases714
 352,539
 26.72
 1,073
 265,405
 21.40
 1,009
 217,143
 18.36
Consumer39
 2,255
 0.17
 25
 1,831
 0.15
 54
 2,051
 0.17
 $8,127
 $1,319,416
 100.00% $9,691
 $1,240,327
 100.00% $11,990
 $1,183,147
 100.00%
 At December 31,
 2013 2012
 
Allowance for
Loan Losses
 
Loan Balances
by Category
 
Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
Allowance for
Loan Losses
 
Loan Balances
by Category
 
Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 (Dollars in thousands)
One-to-four family residential$3,848
 $201,382
 18.12% $4,726
 $218,596
 20.86%
Multi-family mortgage4,444
 396,058
 35.64
 4,580
 352,019
 33.60
Nonresidential real estate3,735
 263,567
 23.72
 5,545
 264,672
 25.26
Construction and land393
 6,570
 0.59
 1,031
 8,552
 0.82
Commercial loans731
 54,255
 4.88
 1,324
 61,388
 5.86
Commercial leases946
 187,112
 16.84
 666
 139,783
 13.34
Consumer57
 2,317
 0.21
 163
 2,745
 0.26
 $14,154
 $1,111,261
 100.00% $18,035
 $1,047,755
 100.00%


40


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds
Deposits. At December 31, 2016, our deposits totaled $1.339 billion. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.090 billion and noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $249.5 million. NOW, savings and money market accounts totaled $738.2 million. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits at December 31, 2016 included $50,000 in internal checking accounts. At December 31, 2016, we had $351.6 million of certificates of deposit outstanding, of which $236.9 million had maturities of one year or less and $73.6 million were brokered deposits. Although a significant portion of our certificates of deposit are shorter-term certificates of deposit, we believe, based on historical experience and our current pricing strategy, that we will retain a significant portion of the non-brokered accounts upon maturity.
The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type.
 Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 
Average
Balance
 Percent 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Percent 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 Percent 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 (Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand:                
Retail$139,974
 10.99% % $99,839
 8.32% % $37,932
 3.08% %
Commercial99,387
 7.80
 
 92,689
 7.73
 
 91,350
 7.41
 
Total noninterest-bearing demand239,361
 18.79
 
 192,528
 16.05
 
 129,282
 10.49
 
Savings deposits158,312
 12.43
 0.11
 155,686
 12.97
 0.11
 153,671
 12.47
 0.10
Money market accounts318,248
 24.98
 0.31
 336,179
 28.02
 0.31
 347,367
 28.20
 0.32
Interest-bearing NOW accounts253,810
 19.92
 0.15
 289,357
 24.12
 0.12
 349,021
 28.33
 0.10
Certificates of deposit304,194
 23.88
 0.77
 225,990
 18.84
 0.54
 252,629
 20.51
 0.56
 $1,273,925
 100.00%   $1,199,740
 100.00%   $1,231,970
 100.00%  
The following table sets forth certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity at December 31, 2016:
 Maturity  
 
3 Months or
Less
 
Over 3 to 6
Months
 
Over 6 to 12
Months
 
Over 12
Months
 Total
 (Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000$38,246
 $45,719
 $89,569
 $72,292
 $245,826
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more17,847
 10,388
 35,090
 42,461
 105,786
Total certificates of deposit$56,093
 $56,107
 $124,659
 $114,753
 $351,612
Borrowings. Our borrowings consist primarily of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings.
 At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 (Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of year$51,069
 $64,318
 $12,921
Average balance during year24,764
 8,674
 2,980
Maximum outstanding at any month end86,878
 64,318
 12,921
Weighted average interest rate at end of year0.66% 0.28% 0.16%
Average interest rate during year0.42% 0.23% 0.27%


41


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2016, we had the capacity to borrow an additional $357.4 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. Furthermore, we had unpledged securities that could be used to support in excess of $16.6 million of additional FHLBC borrowings.
At December 31, 2016, we had a line of credit with the FRB-C. At December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding federal funds borrowings and there was no outstanding balance on the line of credit.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation, if any, is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
Management of Interest Rate Risk
Qualitative Analysis. A significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk results from timing differences in the maturity or repricing of our assets, liabilities and off balance sheet contracts (i.e., forward loan commitments), the effect of loan prepayments and deposit withdrawals, the difference in the behavior of lending and funding rates arising from the use of different indices and “yield curve risk” arising from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities for constant or variable credit risk investments. In addition to directly affecting net interest income, changes in market interest rates can also affect the amount of new loan originations, the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans, the volume of loan prepayments and refinancings, the carrying value of investment securities classified as available-for-sale and the flow and mix of deposits.
The general objective of our interest rate risk management is to determine the appropriate level of risk given our business strategy and then manage that risk in a manner that is consistent with our policy to reduce, to the extent possible, the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which consists of certain members of senior management, evaluates the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities, our operating environment and capital and liquidity requirements, and modifies our lending, investing and deposit gathering strategies accordingly. The Board of Directors’ Asset/Liability Management Committee then reviews the ALCO’s activities and strategies, the effect of those strategies on our net interest margin, and the effect that changes in market interest rates would have on the economic value of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the intrinsic value of our deposits and borrowings, and reports to the full Board of Directors.
We actively evaluate interest rate risk in connection with our lending, investing and deposit activities. In an effort to better manage interest-rate risk, we have de-emphasized the origination of residential mortgage loans, and have increased our emphasis on the origination of nonresidential real estate loans, multi-family mortgage loans, commercial loans and commercial leases. In addition, depending on market interest rates and our capital and liquidity position, we generally sell all or a portion of our longer-term, fixed-rate residential loans, usually on a servicing-retained basis. Further, we primarily invest in shorter-duration securities, which generally have lower yields compared to longer-term investments. Shortening the average maturity of our interest-earning assets by increasing our investments in shorter-term loans and securities, as well as loans with variable rates of interest, helps to better match the maturities and interest rates of our assets and liabilities, thereby reducing the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Finally, we have classified our entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale so as to provide flexibility in liquidity management.
We utilize a combination of analyses to monitor the Bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity analysis is a model that estimates the change in net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of interest rate scenarios. NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. In calculating changes in NPV, we assume estimated loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates that seem most likely based on historical experience during prior interest rate changes.
Our net interest income analysis utilizes the data derived from the dynamic GAP analysis, described below, and applies several additional elements, including actual interest rate indices and margins, contractual limitations such as interest rate floors and caps and the U.S. Treasury yield curve as of the balance sheet date. In addition, we apply consistent parallel yield curve shifts (in both directions) to determine possible changes in net interest income if the theoretical yield curve shifts occurred instantaneously. Net interest income analysis also adjusts the dynamic GAP repricing analysis based on changes in prepayment rates resulting from the parallel yield curve shifts.
Our dynamic GAP analysis determines the relative balance between the repricing of assets and liabilities over multiple periods of time (ranging from overnight to five years). Dynamic GAP analysis includes expected cash flows from loans and mortgage-backed


42


Table of Contents

securities, applying prepayment rates based on the differential between the current interest rate and the market interest rate for each loan and security type. This analysis identifies mismatches in the timing of asset and liability repricing but does not necessarily provide an accurate indicator of interest rate risk because it omits the factors incorporated into the net interest income analysis.
Quantitative Analysis. The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2016, the estimated changes in the Bank’s NPV and net interest income that would result from the designated instantaneous parallel shift in the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.
 Estimated Increase (Decrease) in NPV 
Increase (Decrease) in Estimated
Net Interest Income
Change in Interest Rates (basis points)Amount Percent Amount Percent
 (Dollars in thousands)
+400$(17,045) (6.97)% $594
 1.23 %
+300(13,828) (5.66) 524
 1.09
+200(12,564) (5.14) 487
 1.01
+100(4,681) (1.92) 285
 0.59
0
 
 
 
-25420
 0.17
 (303) (0.63)
The table set forth above indicates that at December 31, 2016, in the event of an immediate 25 basis point decrease in interest rates, the Bank would be expected to experience a 0.17% increase in NPV and a $303,000 decrease in net interest income. In the event of an immediate 200 basis point increase in interest rates, the Bank would be expected to experience a 5.14% decrease in NPV and a $487,000 increase in net interest income. This data does not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts based on local competitive factors, which could reduce the actual impact on NPV and net interest income, if any.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV and net interest income requires that we make certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The NPV and net interest income table presented above assumes that the composition of our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and, accordingly, the data does not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts based on local competitive factors. The table also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or the repricing characteristics of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV and net interest income table provides an indication of our sensitivity to interest rate changes at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
Liquidity Management
Liquidity Management – Bank. The overall objective of our liquidity management is to ensure the availability of sufficient cash funds to meet all financial commitments and to take advantage of investment opportunities. We manage liquidity in order to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, and to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise.
Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, and, to a lesser extent, wholesale borrowings, the proceeds from maturing securities and short-term investments, and the proceeds from the sales of loans and securities. The scheduled amortizations of loans and securities, as well as proceeds from borrowings, are predictable sources of funds. Other funding sources, however, such as deposit inflows, mortgage prepayments and mortgage loan sales are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our primary investing activities are the origination for investment of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, nonresidential real estate loans, commercial leases, construction and land loans, and commercial loans and the purchase of investment securities and mortgage-


43


Table of Contents

backed securities. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our loans originated or purchased for investment totaled $598.7 million $509.0 million, and $513.4 million, respectively. Purchases of securities totaled $65.6 million, $60.7 million and $73.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. These activities were funded primarily by principal repayments on loans and securities, and the sale of loans and securities.
During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, principal repayments on loans totaled $495.4 million, $441.8 million, and $432.6 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, principal repayments on securities totaled $5.1 million, $7.0 million, and $7.2 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, proceeds from maturities and sales of securities totaled $67.8 million, $59.8 million, and $55.8 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the proceeds from the sale of loans held-for-sale totaled $2.4 million, $3.9 million and $5.5 million, respectively.
Loan origination commitments totaled $91.2 million at December 31, 2016, and consisted of $71.0 million of fixed-rate loans and $20.2 million of adjustable-rate loans. Unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit granted to customers totaled $125.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016, there were no commitments to sell mortgages.
Deposit flows are generally affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and other terms and conditions on deposit products offered by our banking competitors, and other factors. We had net deposit increases of $126.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, compared to a net deposit decrease of $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in one year or less from December 31, 2016 totaled $236.9 million. Based upon prior experience and our current pricing strategy, we believe that we will retain a significant portion of these deposits upon their maturities.
We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet current loan commitments and lines of credit and maturing certificates of deposit that are not renewed or extended. We generally remain fully invested and may utilize additional sources of funds through FHLBC advances, of which $50.0 million were outstanding at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2016 we had the ability to borrow an additional $357.4 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. Furthermore, we have unpledged securities that could be used to support borrowings in excess of $16.6 million. Finally, at December 31, 2016, we had a line of credit available with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. At December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance on this credit line.
Liquidity Management - Company. The liquidity needs of the Company on an unconsolidated basis consist primarily of operating expenses, dividends to stockholders and stock repurchases. The primary sources of liquidity for the Company currently are $14.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, repayment from the Bank on the ESOP loan and any cash dividends it may receive from the Bank.
During 2016, we paid $13.2 million to repurchase shares of our common stock and paid $4.1 million in cash dividends to stockholders, using the dividends received from the Bank.
As of December 31, 2016, we were not aware of any known trends, events or uncertainties that had or were reasonably likely to have a material impact on our liquidity. As of December 31, 2016, we had no other material commitments for capital expenditures.
Capital Management
Capital Management - Bank. The overall objectives of our capital management are to ensure the availability of sufficient capital to support loan, deposit and other asset and liability growth opportunities and to maintain capital to absorb unforeseen losses or write-downs that are inherent in the business risks associated with the banking industry. We seek to balance the need for higher capital levels to address such unforeseen risks and the goal to achieve an adequate return on the capital invested by our stockholders.
The Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by the OCC that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. Adequately capitalized institutions require regulatory approval to accept brokered deposits. If


44


Table of Contents

undercapitalized, a financial institution’s capital distributions, asset growth and expansion are limited, and for the submission of a capital restoration is required.
The Company and the Bank have each adopted Regulatory Capital Plans that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 7.5% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.5%. The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Regulatory Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary. In accordance with the Regulatory Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank's total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall below the established minimum capital levels. In addition, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose.
At December 31, 2016, actual and required capital ratios were:
 Consolidated Actual Ratio 
BankFinancial NA
Actual Ratio
 Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well-Capitalized under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)16.96% 14.72% 8.00% 10.00%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)16.25
 14.01
 6.00
 8.00
Common Tier 1 (CET1)16.25
 14.01
 4.50
 6.50
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)11.92
 10.27
 4.00
 5.00
As of December 31, 2016 the Bank was well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action capitalization category.
Capital Management - Company. Total stockholders’ equity was $204.8 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $212.4 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease in total stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the combined impact of our repurchase of 1,063,557 shares of our common stock at a total cost of $13.2 million, and our declaration and payment of cash dividends totaling $4.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2016. These items were partially offset by net income of $7.5 million that we recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016. The unallocated shares of common stock that our ESOP owns were reflected as an $8.3 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2016, compared to a $9.3 million reduction to stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2015.
Cash Dividends. Our Board of Directors declared four quarterly cash dividends totaling $4.1 million during 2016, consisting of three cash dividends of $0.05 per share for the first three quarters of 2016 and one cash dividend of $0.06 per share for the fourth quarter of 2016.
Stock Repurchase Program. On March 30, 2015, the Company announced that our Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 1,055,098 shares of the Company’s common stock, which represented approximately 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock. On December 28, 2015, the Board extended this repurchase authorization from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, and increased the number of shares that can be repurchased in accordance with the authorization by an additional 1,046,868 shares. On October 27, 2016, the Board extended the expiration date of the repurchase authorization from December 31, 2016 to June 30, 2017, and increased the total number of shares authorized for repurchase by an additional 478,789 shares. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased 1,868,206 shares of its common stock out of the 2,580,755 shares of common stock authorized under this repurchase authorization. Since its inception, the Company has repurchased 6,107,340 shares of its common stock.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, unused lines of credit and commitments to sell loans. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process afforded to loans that we make. Although we consider commitments to extend credit in determining our allowance for loan losses, at December 31, 2016, we had made no provision for losses on commitments to extend credit, and had no specific or general allowance for losses on such commitments, as we have had no historical loss experience with commitments to extend credit and we believed that no probable and reasonably estimable losses were inherent in our portfolio as a result of our commitments to extend credit. For


45


Table of Contents

additional information, see Note 15 of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment.
The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2016. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
 Payments Due by Period
 
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three
Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
More than
Five Years
 Total
 (Dollars in thousands)
Contractual Obligations         
Certificates of deposit$236,859
 $98,674
 $16,079
 $
 $351,612
Borrowings50,000
 
 
 
 50,000
Standby letters of credit1,295
 10
 
 
 1,305
Operating leases469
 950
 923
 4,243
 6,585
Total$288,623
 $99,634
 $17,002
 $4,243
 $409,502
Commitments to extend credit$216,504
 $
 $
 $
 $216,504
Critical Accounting Policies
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:
Allowance for Loan Losses. Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment. Our allowance for loan losses provides for probable incurred losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. We review the level of the allowance on a quarterly basis and establish the provision for loan losses based upon historical loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, information about specific borrower situations, estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Among the material estimates that we must make to establish the allowance are loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on affected loans; the value of collateral; and a determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the loan portfolio. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change. Although we believe that we use the best information available to us to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if borrower financial, collateral valuation or economic conditions differ substantially from the information and assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, as an integral part of their supervisory and/or examination process, our regulatory agencies periodically review the methodology and sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their inclusion, exclusion or modification of risk factors or differences in judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would negatively affect earnings.
Income Taxes.We consider accounting for income taxes a critical accounting policy due to the subjective nature of certain estimates that are involved in the calculation.  We use the asset/liability method of accounting for income taxes in which deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Under GAAP, a deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon judgments made following management’s evaluation of all available positive and negative evidence, including prior pre-tax losses and the events or conditions that caused them, forecasts of future taxable income, and current and future economic and business conditions.  The Company reversed its deferred tax asset (“DTA”) valuation allowance as of December 31, 2014 due to


46


Table of Contents

management’s determination that it was more likely than not that the Company’s DTA would be realized. The determination resulted from management’s consideration of all available negative and positive evidence.
Although we determined a valuation allowance was not required for any deferred tax assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, there is no guarantee that a valuation allowance will not be required in the future.
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
For information regarding market risk see Item 7 - “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Management of Interest Rate Risk.”


47


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of BankFinancial Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.
Management evaluates the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and tests for reliability of recorded financial information through a program of ongoing internal audits. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the “2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.” Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued their report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report follows under the heading, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

/s/ F. Morgan Gasior/s/ Paul A. Cloutier
F. Morgan GasiorPaul A. Cloutier
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and PresidentExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


48


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of BankFinancial Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design, and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BankFinancial Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Oak Brook, Illinois
February 8, 2017



49


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(In thousands, except share and per share data)


 December 31,
 2016 2015
Assets   
Cash and due from other financial institutions$13,053
 $13,192
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions83,631
 46,185
Cash and cash equivalents96,684
 59,377
Securities, at fair value107,212
 114,753
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses:
December 31, 2016, $8,127 and December 31, 2015, $9,691
1,312,952
 1,232,257
Other real estate owned, net3,895
 7,011
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank, at cost11,650
 6,257
Premises and equipment, net31,413
 32,726
Accrued interest receivable4,381
 4,226
Core deposit intangible782
 1,305
Bank owned life insurance22,594
 22,387
Deferred taxes22,411
 26,695
Other assets6,063
 5,449
Total assets$1,620,037
 $1,512,443
    
Liabilities   
Deposits   
Noninterest-bearing$249,539
 $254,830
Interest-bearing1,089,851
 958,089
Total deposits1,339,390
 1,212,919
Borrowings51,069
 64,318
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance11,041
 11,528
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities13,757
 11,314
Total liabilities1,415,257
 1,300,079
Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

Stockholders’ equity   
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 19,233,760 shares issued at December 31, 2016 and 20,297,317 shares issued at December 31, 2015192
 203
Additional paid-in capital173,047
 184,797
Retained earnings39,483
 36,114
Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares(8,318) (9,297)
Accumulated other comprehensive income376
 547
Total stockholders’ equity204,780
 212,364
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,620,037
 $1,512,443


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

50


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Interest and dividend income     
Loans, including fees$49,025
 $47,488
 $47,802
Securities1,228
 1,141
 1,154
Other675
 333
 393
Total interest income50,928
 48,962
 49,349
Interest expense     
Deposits3,865
 2,794
 3,038
Borrowings105
 20
 8
Total interest expense3,970
 2,814
 3,046
Net interest income46,958
 46,148
 46,303
Recovery of loan losses(239) (3,206) (736)
Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses47,197
 49,354
 47,039
Noninterest income     
Deposit service charges and fees2,254
 2,248
 1,977
Other fee income2,052
 2,143
 2,238
Insurance commissions and annuities income302
 386
 431
Gain on sale of loans, net75
 102
 158
Gain (loss) on sale of securities (includes $46 and $(7) accumulated other comprehensive income reclassifications for unrealized net gains (losses) on available for sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2014, respectively)46
 
 (7)
Loan servicing fees276
 354
 418
Amortization and impairment of servicing assets(112) (140) (143)
Earnings on bank owned life insurance207
 194
 235
Trust674
 712
 683
Other771
 692
 719
Total noninterest income6,545
 6,691
 6,709
Noninterest expense     
Compensation and benefits22,755
 22,222
 22,874
Office occupancy and equipment6,380
 6,522
 6,878
Advertising and public relations870
 991
 1,107
Information technology2,892
 2,669
 2,676
Supplies, telephone, and postage1,364
 1,586
 1,579
Amortization of intangibles523
 550
 578
Nonperforming asset management399
 681
 838
Operations of other real estate owned846
 1,063
 1,408
FDIC insurance premiums755
 904
 1,416
Other4,758
 4,757
 5,097
Total noninterest expense41,542
 41,945
 44,451
Income before income taxes12,200
 14,100
 9,297
Income tax expense (benefit)4,698
 5,425
 (31,317)
Net income$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Basic earnings per common share$0.40
 $0.44
 $2.01
Diluted earnings per common share$0.39
 $0.44
 $2.01
Weighted average common shares outstanding18,987,951
 19,918,003
 20,177,271
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding19,047,139
 19,921,519
 20,186,376

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

51


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net income$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities arising during the period(233) (339) 118
Tax effect90
 129
 213
Net of tax(143) (210) 331
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss included in net income(46) 
 7
Tax effect, included in income tax expense18
 
 
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss included in net income, net of tax(28) 
 7
Other comprehensive income (loss)(171) (210) 338
Comprehensive income$7,331
 $8,465
 $40,952



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

52


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except shares and per share data)


 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings (Deficit)
 
Unearned
Employee
Stock
Ownership
Plan
Shares
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehen-sive
Income
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2014$211
 $193,594
 $(7,342) $(11,255) $419
 $175,627
Net income
 
 40,614
 
 
 40,614
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effect
 
 
 
 338
 338
Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
 70
 
 
 
 70
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.08 per share)
 
 (1,688) 
 
 (1,688)
ESOP shares earned
 181
 
 979
 
 1,160
Balance at December 31, 2014211
 193,845
 31,584
 (10,276) 757
 216,121
Net income
 
 8,675
 
 
 8,675
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect
 
 
 
 (210) (210)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (804,649 shares)(8) (9,962) 
 
 
 (9,970)
Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
 657
 
 
 
 657
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.20 per share)
 
 (4,145) 
 
 (4,145)
ESOP shares earned
 257
 
 979
 
 1,236
Balance at December 31, 2015203
 184,797
 36,114
 (9,297) 547
 212,364
Net income
 
 7,502
 
 
 7,502
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect
 
 
 
 (171) (171)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock (1,063,557 shares)(11) (13,204) 
 
 
 (13,215)
Nonvested stock awards-stock-based compensation expense
 982
 
 
 
 982
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.21 per share)
 
 (4,133) 
 
 (4,133)
ESOP shares earned
 472
 
 979
 
 1,451
Balance at December 31, 2016$192
 $173,047
 $39,483
 $(8,318) $376
 $204,780

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

53


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash flows from operating activities     
Net income$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Adjustments to reconcile to net income to net cash from operating activities     
Recovery of loan losses(239) (3,206) (736)
ESOP shares earned1,451
 1,236
 1,160
Stock–based compensation expense982
 657
 70
Depreciation and amortization3,777
 3,682
 3,811
Amortization and accretion on securities and loans(280) (312) (438)
Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets523
 550
 578
Amortization and impairment of servicing assets112
 140
 143
Net change in net deferred loan origination costs(42) (422) (229)
Net (gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned(128) (59) 35
Net gain on sale of loans(75) (102) (158)
Net (gain) loss on sale of securities(46) 
 7
Net (gain) loss on disposition of premises and equipment(38) 1
 (5)
Loans originated for sale(2,310) (3,838) (5,323)
Proceeds from sale of loans2,385
 3,940
 5,481
Other real estate owned valuation adjustments314
 548
 438
Net change in:     
Deferred income tax4,390
 5,079
 (31,643)
Accrued interest receivable(155) (300) 7
Earnings on bank owned life insurance(207) (194) (235)
Other assets(1,418) 659
 2,874
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities2,443
 (1,852) 1,394
Net cash from operating activities18,941
 14,882
 17,845
Cash flows from investing activities     
Securities     
Proceeds from maturities67,734
 59,804
 52,103
Proceeds from principal repayments5,102
 6,984
 7,179
Proceeds from sales of securities46
 
 3,663
Purchases of securities(65,617) (60,744) (73,142)
Loans receivable     
Loan participations sold6,195
 3,350
 
Principal payments on loans receivable495,391
 441,820
 432,571
Purchases of loans(54,970) 
 
Originated for investment(543,740) (509,018) (513,384)
Proceeds from sale of loans14,746
 
 
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock(5,393) 
 (189)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned4,181
 4,733
 4,914
Purchase of premises and equipment, net(696) (542) (1,176)
Net cash used in investing activities(77,021) (53,613) (87,461)

(Continued)

54



Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash flows from financing activities     
Net change in deposits$126,471
 $1,206
 $(40,995)
Net change in borrowings(13,249) 51,397
 9,866
Net change in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance(487) 39
 1,057
Repurchase and retirement of common stock(13,215) (9,970) 
Cash dividends paid on common stock(4,133) (4,145) (1,688)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities95,387
 38,527
 (31,760)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents37,307
 (204) (101,376)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents59,377
 59,581
 160,957
Ending cash and cash equivalents$96,684
 $59,377
 $59,581
      
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:     
Interest paid$3,907
 $2,844
 $3,070
Income taxes paid289
 363
 114
Income taxes refunded9
 7
 
Loans transferred to other real estate owned1,251
 5,875
 5,449



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

55


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1– SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation: BankFinancial Corporation, a Maryland corporation headquartered in Burr Ridge, Illinois (the “Company”), is the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of BankFinancial, N.A. (the “Bank”). On November 30, 2016, the Federal Reserve Board approved the Company's previously filed application to register as a Bank Holding Company.  Following the receipt of the Federal Reserve Board's approval, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, BankFinancial F.S.B. met all existing conditions required for approval of the Bank's application to convert from a federal savings bank to a national bank.   On November 30, 2016, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency authorized the Bank to begin operations as a national bank.  Accordingly, effective at 11:59 PM on November 30, 2016, BankFinancial Corporation is a registered Bank Holding Company and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary is operating as BankFinancial, National Association.
Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of and transactions of BankFinancial Corporation, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Financial Assurance Services, Inc. and BF Asset Recovery Corporation (collectively, “the Company”) and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Nature of Business: The Company’s revenues, operating income, and assets are primarily from the banking industry. Loan origination customers are mainly located in the greater Chicago metropolitan area. To supplement loan originations, the Company purchases mortgage loans. The loan portfolio is concentrated in loans that are primarily secured by real estate.
Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ.
Interest-bearing Deposits in Other Financial Institutions: Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions maturing in less than 90 days are carried at cost.
Cash Flows: Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions maturing in less than 90 days, and daily federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, borrowings, and advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance.
Securities: Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are based on the amortized cost of the security sold. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary are reflected as realized losses. In determining if losses are other-than-temporary, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost or adjusted cost, as applicable, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery.
Securities also include investments in certificates of deposit with maturities of greater than 90 days. These certificates of deposit are placed with insured institutions for varying maturities and amounts that are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB of Chicago (“FHLBC”) stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) Stock: The Bank is a member of its regional Federal Reserve Bank. FRB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
Loans and Loan Income: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, premiums and discounts on loans purchased, and net deferred loan costs. Interest income on loans is recognized in income over the term of the loan based on the amount of principal outstanding.


56


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Premiums and discounts associated with loans purchased are amortized over the contractual term of the loan using the level–yield method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level‑yield method without anticipating prepayments.
Interest income is reported on the interest method. Interest income is discontinued at the time a loan is 90 days past due or when we do not expect to receive full payment of interest or principal. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.
All interest accrued but not received for loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash–basis or cost–recovery method until qualifying for return to accrual status. Once a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the borrower must generally demonstrate at least six months of payment performance before the loan is eligible to return to accrual status. Generally, the Company utilizes the “90 days delinquent, still accruing” category of loan classification when: (1) the loan is repaid in full shortly after the period end date; (2) the loan is well secured and there are no asserted or pending legal barriers to its collection; or (3) the borrower has remitted all scheduled payments and is otherwise in substantial compliance with the terms of the loan, but the processing of payments actually received or the renewal of a loan has not occurred for administrative reasons.
Impaired Loans: Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, management believes that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the loan's observable fair value, the fair value of the underlying collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral-dependent, or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the bank's allowance for the impaired collateral dependent loan under ASC 310-10-35 is based on fair value (less costs to sell), but the charge-off (the confirmed “loss”) is based on the appraised value. The remaining recorded investment in the loan after the charge-off will have a loan loss allowance for the amount by which the estimated fair value of the collateral (less costs to sell) is less than its appraised value.
Impaired loans with specific reserves are reviewed quarterly for any changes that would affect the specific reserve. Any impaired loan for which a determination has been made that the economic value is permanently reduced is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses to reflect its current economic value in the period in which the determination has been made.
At the time a collateral-dependent loan is initially determined to be impaired, we review the existing collateral appraisal. If the most recent appraisal is greater than a year old, a new appraisal is obtained on the underlying collateral. Appraisals are updated with a new independent appraisal at least annually and are formally reviewed by our internal appraisal department upon receipt of a new appraisal. All impaired loans and their related reserves are reviewed and updated each quarter. With an immaterial number of exceptions, all appraisals and internal reviews are current under this methodology at December 31, 2016.
Troubled Debt Restructurings: A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that leads to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants concessions to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. These concessions may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date and other actions intended to minimize potential losses.
In determining whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company considers if the debtor is in payment default or would be in payment default in the foreseeable future without the modification, the debtor declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy, there is substantial doubt that the debtor will continue as a going concern, the debtor has securities that have been or are in the process of being delisted, the debtor's entity-specific projected cash flows will not be sufficient to service any of its debt, or the debtor cannot obtain funds from sources other than the existing creditors at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.
In determining whether the Company has granted a concession, the Company assesses, if it does not expect to collect all amounts due, whether the current value of the collateral will satisfy the amounts owed, whether additional collateral or guarantees from the debtor will serve as adequate compensation for other terms of the restructuring, and whether the debtor otherwise has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics.
Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a nonperforming note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance


57


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

for a reasonable time prior to and subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year of the restructuring that the historical payment performance has been established.
Allowance for Loan Losses: The Company establishes provisions for loan losses, which are charged to the Company’s results of operations to maintain the allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, the Company considers past and current loss experience, trends in classified loans, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay a loan and the levels of nonperforming and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from the estimates as more information becomes available or events change.
The Company provides for loan losses based on the allowance method. Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the related allowance and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors that, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable incurred credit losses. The Company reviews the loan portfolio on an ongoing basis and makes provisions for loan losses on a quarterly basis to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with GAAP. The allowance for loan losses consists of two components:
specific allowances established for any impaired residential non-owner occupied mortgage, multi-family mortgage, nonresidential real estate, construction and land, commercial, and commercial lease loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; and
general allowances for loan losses for each loan class based on historical loan loss experience; and adjustments to historical loss experience (general allowances), maintained to cover uncertainties that affect our estimate of probable incurred credit losses for each loan class.
The adjustments to historical loss experience are based on our evaluation of several factors, including levels of, and trends in, past due and classified loans; levels of, and trends in, charge–offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans, including any credit concentrations in the loan portfolio; experience and ability of lending management and other relevant staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.
The Company evaluates the allowance for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific and general components. Generally, when the loan portfolio increases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology results in a higher dollar amount of estimated probable incurred credit losses than would be the case without the increase. Conversely, when the loan portfolio decreases, absent other factors, the allowance for loan loss methodology generally results in a lower dollar amount of estimated probable losses than would be the case without the decrease.
The loss ratio used in computing the required general loan loss reserve allowance for a given class of loan consists of (i) the actual loss ratio (measured on a weighted, rolling twelve-quarter basis), (ii) the change in credit quality within the specific loan class during the period, (iii) the actual inherent risk factor assigned to the specific loan class and (iv) the actual concentration of risk factor assigned to the specific loan class (collectively, the “Specific Loan Class Risk Factors”). The Specific Loan Class Risk Factors are weighted equally in the calculation. In addition, two additional quantitative factors, the National Economic risk factor and the Local Economic risk factor, are also components of the computation but are given different weightings in their computation due to their relative applicability to the specific loan class in the context of the effect of national and local economic conditions on their risk profile and performance.
Mortgage Servicing Rights: Mortgage servicing rights are recognized separately when they are acquired through sales of loans. When mortgage loans are sold, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value and gains on sales of loans are recorded in the statement of operations. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the servicing cost per loan, the discount rate, the escrow float rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. The Company compares the valuation model inputs and results to published industry data in order to validate the model results and assumptions. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.


58


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights into groupings based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. Changes in valuation allowances are reported with amortization and impairment of servicing assets on the statement of operations. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.
Servicing fee income that is reported on the statement of operations as loan servicing fees is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal; or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material.
First mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of these loans were $106.4 million and $125.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing activities were $2.7 million and $3.4 million at at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in the other assets in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition. Servicing rights were $612,000 and $724,000 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, with no valuation allowance at December 31, 2016 and a $16,000 valuation allowance at December 31, 2015.
Other Real Estate Owned: Foreclosed assets are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan occurs when the legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. These assets are subsequently accounted for at a lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating expenses, gains and losses on disposition, and changes in the valuation allowance are reported in noninterest expense as operations of other real estate owned ("OREO").
Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is included in noninterest expense and is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives are estimated to be 25 to 40 years for buildings and improvements that extend the life of the original building, ten to 20 years for routine building improvements, five to 15 years for furniture and equipment, two to five years for computer hardware and software and no greater than four years on automobiles. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred and significant repairs are capitalized.
Other Intangible Assets: Intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Core deposit intangible assets (“CDI”), are recognized at the time of acquisition based on valuations prepared by independent third parties or other estimates of fair value. In preparing such valuations, variables such as deposit servicing costs, attrition rates, and market discount rates are considered. CDI assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives.
Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. The Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Long-Term Assets: Premises and equipment, core deposit and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Under GAAP, a deferred tax asset valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is highly


59


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future taxable income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. The Company considers both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realizability of our deferred tax assets. Examples of positive evidence may include the existence, if any, of taxes paid in available carry-back years and the likelihood that taxable income will be generated in future periods. Examples of negative evidence may include a cumulative loss in the current year and prior two years and negative general business and economic trends. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date.
This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. At December 31, 2016, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $22.4 million.
A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, presuming that a tax examination will occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded.
Retirement Plans: Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions and any annual discretionary contribution made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. Deferred compensation expense allocates the benefits over years of service.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”): The cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet allocated to participants, is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Compensation expense is based on the market price of shares as they are committed to be released to participant accounts. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares reduce debt and accrued interest.
Earnings per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned. Diluted earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effect of restricted stock shares and the additional potential shares issuable under stock options.
Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe that there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements as of December 31, 2016.
Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank that is required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market value information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities, net of tax, which are also recognized as separate components of stockholders’ equity.
Stock-based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period.
Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.


60


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Operating Segments: While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating results are not reviewed by senior management to make resource allocation or performance decisions. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.
Reclassifications: Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers) creating FASB Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The guidance in this update affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards (for example, insurance contracts or lease contracts). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides steps to follow to achieve the core principle. An entity should disclose sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Qualitative and quantitative information is required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. The amendments in this update to become effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. Our preliminary finding is that the new pronouncement will not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements as the majority of our business transactions will not be subject to this pronouncement.
On January 5, 2016, the FASB issued an update (ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities). The new guidance is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments by requiring: equity investments (other than equity method or consolidation) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial assets (i.e. securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; eliminating the requirement to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost for organizations that are not public business entities; eliminating the requirement for non-public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is to be required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; and requiring a reporting organization to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in fair value of a liability resulting from the change in the instrument-specific credit risk (also referred to as “own credit”) when the organization has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. The new guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. Our preliminary finding is that the new pronouncement will not have a significant impact on our Statement of Operations. The pronouncement will require some revision to our disclosures within the consolidated financial statements and we are currently evaluating the impact.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). The standard requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. ASU 2016-02 is effectivefor fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements. Our preliminary finding is that the new pronouncement will not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements as the projected minimum lease payments under existing leases subject to the new pronouncement are less than one percent of our current total assets.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). The standard is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification on the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements. Our preliminary finding is that the new pronouncement will reduce the effective tax rate reported as existing vested stock options


61


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

are exercised. The amount of the impact on the effective tax rate will be determined by the number of stock options exercised and the stock price of the Company when the stock options are exercised.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”).  These amendments require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration.  ASU 2016-13 is effective for SEC filers for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 (i.e., January 1, 2020, for calendar year entities). Early application will be permitted for all organizations for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements. Our initial review indicates that we have maintained sufficient historical loan data to support the requirements of this pronouncement. We are currently evaluating various loss methodologies to determine their correlation to our various loan categories historical performance.
NOTE 2 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
Amounts reported in earnings per share reflect net income available to common stockholders for the period divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, exclusive of unearned ESOP shares and unvested restricted stock shares. Stock options and restricted stock are regarded as potential common stock and are considered in the diluted earnings per share calculations to the extent that they would have a dilutive effect if converted to common stock.
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net income available to common stockholders$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Average common shares outstanding19,673,416
 20,708,775
 21,101,966
Less:     
Unearned ESOP shares(682,362) (780,227) (905,235)
Unvested restricted stock shares(3,103) (10,545) (19,460)
Weighted average common shares outstanding18,987,951
 19,918,003
 20,177,271
Add - Net effect of dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock59,188
 3,516
 9,105
Weighted average dilutive common shares outstanding19,047,139
 19,921,519
 20,186,376
Basic earnings per common share$0.40
 $0.44
 $2.01
Diluted earnings per common share$0.39
 $0.44
 $2.01
Number of antidilutive stock options excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation536,459
 536,459
 
Weighted average exercise price of anti-dilutive option shares$12.99
 $12.99
 $


62


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 3 – SECURITIES


The fair value of securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income is as follows:
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
December 31, 2016       
Certificates of deposit$85,938
 $
 $
 $85,938
Equity mutual fund500
 
 (1) 499
Mortgage-backed securities - residential14,561
 644
 (21) 15,184
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential5,587
 15
 (28) 5,574
SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates17
 
 
 17
 $106,603
 $659
 $(50) $107,212
December 31, 2015       
Certificates of deposit$87,901
 $
 $
 $87,901
Equity mutual fund500
 7
 
 507
Mortgage-backed securities - residential18,330
 880
 (30) 19,180
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential7,111
 41
 (10) 7,142
SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates23
 
 
 23
 $113,865
 $928
 $(40) $114,753
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations reflected in the preceding table were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae, and are obligations which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. All securities reflected in the preceding table were classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2016 and 2015.
The amortized cost and fair values of securities at December 31, 2016 by contractual maturity are shown below. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 December 31, 2016
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
Due in one year or less$85,938
 $85,938
Mortgage-backed securities - residential14,561
 15,184
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential5,587
 5,574
SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates17
 17
 $106,103
 $106,713
Investment securities available for sale with carrying amounts of $4.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were pledged as collateral on customer repurchase agreements and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.


63


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 3 – SECURITIES (continued)

Sales of securities were as follows:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Proceeds$46
 $
 $3,663
Gross gains46
 
 
Gross losses
 
 7
Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 and 2015 not recognized in income are as follows:
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Loss
December 31, 2016           
Equity mutual fund$499
 $(1) $
 $
 $499
 $(1)
Mortgage-backed securities - residential1,187
 (21) 
 
 1,187
 (21)
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential3,691
 (18) 1,028
 (10) 4,719
 (28)
 $5,377
 $(40) $1,028
 $(10) $6,405
 $(50)
            
December 31, 2015           
Mortgage-backed securities - residential$
 $
 $1,724
 $(30) $1,724
 $(30)
Collateralized mortgage obligations - residential
 
 1,299
 (10) 1,299
 (10)
 $
 $
 $3,023
 $(40) $3,023
 $(40)
The Company evaluates marketable investment securities with significant declines in fair value on a quarterly basis to determine whether they should be considered other-than-temporarily impaired under current accounting guidance, which generally provides that if a marketable security is in an unrealized loss position, whether due to general market conditions or industry or issuer-specific factors, the holder of the securities must assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary.
An equity mutual fund and certain residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that the Company holds in its investment portfolio were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2016, but the unrealized loss was not considered significant under the Company’s impairment testing methodology. In addition, the Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery occurs.


64


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable are as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
One-to-four family residential real estate$135,218
 $159,501
Multi-family mortgage542,887
 506,026
Nonresidential real estate182,152
 226,735
Construction and land1,302
 1,313
Commercial loans103,063
 79,516
Commercial leases352,539
 265,405
Consumer2,255
 1,831
 1,319,416
 1,240,327
Net deferred loan origination costs1,663
 1,621
Allowance for loan losses(8,127) (9,691)
Loans, net$1,312,952
 $1,232,257
Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. The Company reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a periodic basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming and potential problem loans via trend and risk rating migration. The Company requires title insurance insuring the priority of our lien on real estate collateral, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying real property.
The majority of the loans the Company originates are investment and business loans (multi-family, nonresidential real estate, commercial, construction and land loans, and commercial leases). In addition, we originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, and purchase and sell loan participations from time-to-time. The following briefly describes our principal loan products.
The Company originates real estate loans principally secured by first liens on nonresidential real estate. The nonresidential real estate properties are predominantly office buildings, light industrial buildings, shopping centers and mixed-use developments and, to a lesser extent, more specialized properties such as nursing homes and other healthcare facilities. The Company may, from time to time, purchase commercial real estate loan participations.
Multi-family mortgage loans generally are secured by multi-family rental properties such as apartment buildings, including subsidized apartment units. In general, loan amounts range between $250,000 and $5.0 million. Approximately 46.5% of the collateral is located outside of our primary market area; however, we do not have a concentration in any single market outside of our primary market area. In underwriting multi-family mortgage loans, the Company considers a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar properties and, proximity to diverse employment opportunities. Multi-family mortgage loans are generally originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Personal guarantees are usually obtained on multi-family mortgage loans if the borrower/property owner is a legal entity.
Loans secured by multi-family mortgages generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family mortgages typically depends upon the successful operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced below acceptable thresholds, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.


65


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The Company emphasizes nonresidential real estate loans with initial principal balances between $250,000 and $3.0 million. Substantially all of our nonresidential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our primary market area. The Company’s nonresidential real estate loans are generally written as three- or five-year adjustable-rate mortgages or mortgages with balloon maturities of three or five years. Amortization on these loans is typically based on 20- to 30-year schedules. The Company also originates some 15-year fixed-rate, fully amortizing loans.
In the underwriting of nonresidential real estate loans, the Company generally lends up to 80% of the property’s appraised value. Decisions to lend are based on the economic viability of the property as the primary source of repayment and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 120%), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses we deem appropriate. Personal guarantees are usually pursued and obtained from nonresidential real estate borrowers.
Nonresidential real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Nonresidential real estate loans, however, entail significant additional credit risks compared to one-to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.
The Company makes various types of secured and unsecured commercial loans to customers in our market area for the purpose of financing equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital and other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to five years. The loans are either negotiated on a fixed-rate basis or carry adjustable interest rates indexed to (i) a lending rate that is determined internally, or (ii) a short-term market rate index.
Commercial credit decisions are based upon our credit assessment of the loan applicant. The Company determines the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loans and we assess the risks involved. An evaluation is made of the applicant to determine character and capacity to manage. Personal guarantees of the principals are pursued and usually obtained. In addition to evaluating the loan applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment for the loan. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness and at times are supplemented with inquiries to other banks and trade investigations. Moreover, assets listed on personal financial statements are verified. Collateral supporting a secured transaction also is analyzed to determine its marketability. Commercial business loans generally have higher interest rates than residential loans of like duration because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral. Pricing of commercial loans is based primarily on the credit risk of the borrower, with due consideration given to borrowers with appropriate deposit relationships.
The Company also lends money to small and mid-size leasing companies for equipment financing leases. Generally, commercial leases are secured by an assignment by the leasing company of the lease payments and by a secured interest in the equipment being leased. In most cases, the lessee acknowledges our security interest in the leased equipment and agrees to send lease payments directly to us. Consequently, the Company underwrites lease loans by examining the creditworthiness of the lessee rather than the lessor. Lease loans generally are non-recourse to the leasing company.
The Company’s commercial leases are secured primarily by technology equipment, medical equipment, material handling equipment and other capital equipment. Lessees tend to be publicly-traded companies with investment-grade rated debt or companies that have not issued public debt and therefore do not have a public debt rating. The Company requires that a minimum of 50% of our commercial lessees have an investment-grade public debt rating by Moody’s or Standard & Poors, or the equivalent. Commercial leases to these entities have a maximum maturity of seven years and a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $15.0 million to any single entity. If the lessee does not have a public debt rating, they are subject to the same internal credit analysis as any other customer. Typically, commercial leases to these lessees have a maximum maturity of five years and a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $5.0 million to any single entity. In addition, the Company will originate commercial leases to lessees with below investment-grade public debt ratings and have a maximum outstanding credit exposure of $10.0 million to any single entity. Lease loans are almost always fully amortizing, with fixed interest rates.
Although the Company does not actively originate construction and land loans presently, construction and land loans generally consist of land acquisition loans to help finance the purchase of land intended for further development, including single-family


66


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

homes, multi-family housing and commercial income property, development loans to builders in our market area to finance improvements to real estate, consisting mostly of single-family subdivisions, typically to finance the cost of utilities, roads, sewers and other development costs. These builders generally rely on the sale of single-family homes to repay development loans, although in some cases the improved building lots may be sold to another builder, often in conjunction with development loans. Construction and land loans typically involve a higher degree of credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. The risk of loss on construction and land loans is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction or development; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property. In the event that the Company were to make any new construction and development loans, it would seek to minimize these risks by maintaining consistent lending policies and underwriting standards. However, if the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the cost of completion is greater than expected, the length of time to complete and/or sell or lease the collateral property is greater than anticipated, or if there is a downturn in the local economy or real estate market, the property could have a value upon completion that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the loan. This could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the construction and land loan portfolio, and could result in significant losses or delinquencies if that portfolio were ever to increase in size.
The Company offers conforming and non-conforming, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of up to 30 years and maximum loan amounts generally of up to $2.5 million. The Company currently offers fixed-rate conventional mortgage loans with terms of 10 to 30 years that are fully amortizing with monthly payments, and adjustable-rate conventional mortgage loans with initial terms of between one and five years that amortize up to 30 years. One-to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, and loans that conform to such guidelines are referred to as “conforming loans.” The Company generally originates both fixed- and adjustable-rate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by Fannie Mae, which is currently $424,100 for single-family homes. Private mortgage insurance is required for first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%.
The Company also originates loans above conforming limits, sometimes referred to as “jumbo loans,” that have been underwritten to the credit standards of Fannie Mae. These loans are generally eligible for sale to various firms that specialize in the purchase of such non-conforming loans. In the Chicago metropolitan area, larger residential loans are not uncommon. The Company also originates loans at higher rates that do not fully meet the credit standards of Fannie Mae but are deemed to be acceptable risks.
The ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans, could be adversely impacted by economic weakness in its local markets as a result of unemployment, declining real estate values, or increased residential and office vacancies. This not only could result in the Company experiencing charge-offs and/or nonperforming assets, but also could necessitate an increase in the provision for loan losses. These events, if they were to recur, would have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and its capital.


67


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the loans receivable by portfolio segment and based on impairment method:
 Allowance for loan losses Loan Balances
 
Individually
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Collectively
evaluated  for
impairment
 Total 
Individually
evaluated  for
impairment
 
Collectively
evaluated  for
impairment
 Total
December 31, 2016           
One-to-four family residential real estate$
 $1,168
 $1,168
 $4,962
 $130,256
 $135,218
Multi-family mortgage
 3,647
 3,647
 787
 542,100
 542,887
Nonresidential real estate26
 1,768
 1,794
 260
 181,892
 182,152
Construction and land
 32
 32
 
 1,302
 1,302
Commercial loans
 733
 733
 
 103,063
 103,063
Commercial leases
 714
 714
 
 352,539
 352,539
Consumer
 39
 39
 
 2,255
 2,255
 $26
 $8,101
 $8,127
 $6,009
 $1,313,407
 1,319,416
Net deferred loan origination costs         1,663
Allowance for loan losses         (8,127)
Loans, net          $1,312,952
 Allowance for loan losses Loan Balances
 
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
 
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
 Total 
Individually
evaluated for
impairment
 
Collectively
evaluated for
impairment
 Total
December 31, 2015           
One-to-four family residential real estate$
 $1,704
 $1,704
 $2,672
 $156,829
 $159,501
Multi-family mortgage41
 3,569
 3,610
 2,879
 503,147
 506,026
Nonresidential real estate3
 2,579
 2,582
 2,099
 224,636
 226,735
Construction and land
 43
 43
 
 1,313
 1,313
Commercial loans
 654
 654
 
 79,516
 79,516
Commercial leases
 1,073
 1,073
 
 265,405
 265,405
Consumer
 25
 25
 
 1,831
 1,831
 $44
 $9,647
 $9,691
 $7,650
 $1,232,677
 1,240,327
Net deferred loan origination costs         1,621
Allowance for loan losses         (9,691)
Loans, net          $1,232,257



68


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Beginning balance$9,691
 $11,990
 $14,154
Loans charged off:     
One-to-four family residential real estate(539) (386) (873)
Multi-family mortgage(79) (198) (1,230)
Nonresidential real estate(1,718) (391) (1,727)
Construction and land
 
 (1)
Commercial loans
 (152) (123)
Commercial leases
 
 (8)
Consumer(25) (16) (12)
 (2,361) (1,143) (3,974)
Recoveries:     
One-to-four family residential real estate321
 702
 418
Multi-family mortgage162
 182
 100
Nonresidential real estate200
 509
 423
Construction and land35
 44
 377
Commercial loans309
 611
 1,225
Commercial leases7
 1
 
Consumer2
 1
 3
 1,036
 2,050
 2,546
Net recoveries (charge-off)(1,325) 907
 (1,428)
Recovery of loan losses(239) (3,206) (736)
Ending balance$8,127
 $9,691
 $11,990
Impaired loans
Several of the following disclosures are presented by “recorded investment,” which the FASB defines as “the amount of the investment in a loan, which is not net of a valuation allowance, but which does reflect any direct write-down of the investment.” The following represents the components of recorded investment:
Loan principal balance
Less unapplied payments
Plus negative unapplied balance
Less escrow balance
Plus negative escrow balance
Plus unamortized net deferred loan costs
Less unamortized net deferred loan fees
Plus unamortized premium
Less unamortized discount
Less previous charge-offs
Plus recorded accrued interest
Less reserve for uncollected interest
= Recorded investment


69


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans:
 
Loan
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 Partial Charge-off 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
 
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
December 31, 2016           
With no related allowance recorded           
One-to-four family residential real estate$5,379
 $4,548
 $886
 $
 $2,947
 $70
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied503
 386
 119
 
 251
 9
Multi-family mortgage787
 787
 
 
 980
 41
 6,669
 5,721
 1,005
 
 4,178
 120
With an allowance recorded           
Nonresidential real estate262
 260
 21
 26
 164
 
 262
 260
 21
 26
 164
 
 $6,931
 $5,981
 $1,026
 $26
 $4,342
 $120
 
Loan
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
 Partial Charge-off 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Allocated
 
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
December 31, 2015           
With no related allowance recorded           
One-to-four family residential real estate$3,203
 $2,637
 $637
 $
 $2,708
 $24
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied23
 21
 2
 
 859
 
Multi-family mortgage1,863
 1,837
 
 
 1,962
 78
Wholesale commercial lending511
 507
 
 
 514
 34
Nonresidential real estate2,066
 2,049
 
 
 1,877
 102
 7,666
 7,051
 639
 
 7,920
 238
With an allowance recorded           
Multi-family mortgage518
 518
 
 41
 1,181
 
Nonresidential real estate62
 39
 27
 3
 1,439
 
 580
 557
 27
 44
 2,620
 
 $8,246
 $7,608
 $666
 $44
 $10,540
 $238


70


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Nonaccrual loans
The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans:
 Loan Balance 
Recorded
Investment
 
Loans Past
Due Over 90
Days, still
accruing
December 31, 2016     
One-to-four family residential real estate$2,861
 $2,483
 $
One-to-four family residential real estate – non owner occupied428
 368
 
Multi-family mortgage187
 185
 
Nonresidential real estate262
 260
 
 $3,738
 $3,296
 $
December 31, 2015     
One-to-four family residential real estate$2,704
 $2,263
 $
One-to-four family residential real estate – non owner occupied92
 192
 
Multi-family mortgage829
 821
 
Nonresidential real estate324
 296
 
 $3,949
 $3,572
 $
Nonaccrual loans and impaired loans are defined differently. Some loans may be included in both categories, and some may only be included in one category. Nonaccrual loans include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.
The Company’s reserve for uncollected loan interest was $199,000 and $181,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. When a loan is on non-accrual status and the ultimate collectability of the total principal of an impaired loan is in doubt, all payments are applied to principal under the cost recovery method. Alternatively, when a loan is on non-accrual status but there is doubt concerning only the ultimate collectability of interest, contractual interest is credited to interest income only when received, under the cash basis method pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 310–10, as applicable. In all cases, the average balances are calculated based on the month–end balances of the financing receivables within the period reported pursuant to the provisions of FASB ASC 310–10, as applicable.


71


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

Past Due Loans
The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans at December 31, 2016 by class of loans:
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater Than
89 Days
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 Total
One-to-four family residential real estate$984
 $335
 $2,235
 $3,554
 $92,665
 $96,219
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied664
 114
 368
 1,146
 37,179
 38,325
Multi-family mortgage - Illinois605
 439
 184
 1,228
 294,223
 295,451
Multi-family mortgage - Other
 
 
 
 243,944
 243,944
Nonresidential real estate
 
 260
 260
 178,644
 178,904
Construction
 
 
 
 950
 950
Land
 
 
 
 349
 349
Commercial loans:      
   
Regional Commercial Banking
 
 
 
 36,086
 36,086
Health Care
 
 
 
 35,455
 35,455
Direct Commercial Lessor
 
 
 
 31,847
 31,847
Commercial leases:    
 
   
Investment-grade51
 
 
 51
 269,430
 269,481
Other
 
 
 
 84,988
 84,988
Consumer
 
 
 
 2,263
 2,263
Total$2,304
 $888
 $3,047
 $6,239
 $1,308,023
 $1,314,262


72


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as December 31, 2015 by class of loans:
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Greater
Than
89 Days
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Loans Not
Past Due
 Total
One-to-four family residential real estate$2,000
 $572
 $1,997
 $4,569
 $109,893
 $114,462
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied299
 164
 192
 655
 43,557
 44,212
Multi-family mortgage - Illinois651
 283
 821
 1,755
 312,620
 314,375
Multi-family mortgage - Other
 
 
 
 188,178
 188,178
Nonresidential real estate
 
 296
 296
 223,018
 223,314
Construction
 
 
 
 21
 21
Land
 
 
 
 1,279
 1,279
Commercial loans:      
   
Regional Commercial Banking4
 150
 
 154
 29,890
 30,044
Health Care
 
 
 
 31,862
 31,862
Direct Commercial Lessor
 
 
 
 17,873
 17,873
Commercial leases:    
 
   
Investment-grade50
 363
 
 413
 170,859
 171,272
Other
 
 
 
 95,800
 95,800
Consumer21
 
 
 21
 1,819
 1,840
 $3,025
 $1,532
 $3,306
 $7,863
 $1,226,669
 $1,234,532
Troubled Debt Restructurings
The Company evaluates loan extensions or modifications in accordance with FASB ASC 310–40 with respect to the classification of the loan as a TDR. In general, if the Company grants a loan extension or modification to a borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that includes a below–market interest rate, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance or other concession intended to minimize the economic loss to the Company, the loan extension or loan modification is classified as a TDR. In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal then due and payable, management measures any impairment on the restructured loan in the same manner as for impaired loans as noted above.
The Company had $341,000 of TDRs at December 31, 2016, compared to $2.7 million at December 31, 2015, with no specific valuation reserves allocated at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company had no outstanding commitments to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs. During the first quarter of 2016, 6 loans totaling $1.5 million were declassified as TDRs as they successfully met the regulatory criteria for removal from TDR status.
The following table presents loans classified as TDRs:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
One-to-four family residential real estate$205
 $1,385
Multi-family mortgage
 1,119
Accrual troubled debt restructured loans205
 2,504
One-to-four family residential real estate136
 174
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans136
 174
 $341
 $2,678


73


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

During the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, the terms of certain loans were modified and classified as TDRs. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.
The following tables present TDRs that occurred during the year:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015
 
Number
of loans
 
Pre-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Post-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Number
of loans
 
Pre-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
 
Post-
Modification
outstanding
recorded
investment
One-to-four family residential real estate1
 $63
 $63
 6
 $401
 $274
Multi-family mortgage
 
 
 1
 615
 615
 1
 $63
 $63
 7
 $1,016
 $889
 
Due to
reduction in
interest rate
 
Due to
extension of
maturity date
 
Due to
permanent
reduction in
recorded
investment
 Total
For the year ended December 31, 2016       
One-to-four family residential real estate$
 $63
 $
 $63
For the year ended December 31, 2015       
One-to-four family residential real estate$
 $142
 $132
 $274
Commercial loans - secured
 615
 
 615
 $
 $757
 $132
 $889
The TDRs described in the above tables had no material impact on interest income, resulted in no change to the allowance for loan losses allocated and resulted in no charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2016. The TDRs described above had no impact on interest income, resulted in no change to the allowance for loan losses and resulted in charge offs of $127,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The following table presents TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015
 
Number
of loans
 
Recorded
investment
 
Number
of loans
 
Recorded
investment
One-to-four family residential real estate2
 $87
 2
 $43
A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.
The TDRs that subsequently defaulted described above had no material impact on the allowance for loans losses during the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015.
The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2016 in circumstances that did not meet the definition of a TDR. These loans have a total recorded investment of $868,000 and $1.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.


74


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.
Credit Quality Indicators:
The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, including current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans based on credit risk. This analysis includes non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a monthly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Special Mention. A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard. Loans categorized as substandard continue to accrue interest, but exhibit a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that may jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. The loans continue to accrue interest because they are well secured and collection of principal and interest is expected within a reasonable time. The risk rating guidance published by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency clarifies that a loan with a well-defined weakness does not have to present a probability of default for the loan to be rated Substandard, and that an individual loan’s loss potential does not have to be distinct for the loan to be rated Substandard.
Nonaccrual. An asset classified Nonaccrual has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The loans were placed on nonaccrual status.
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered “Pass” rated loans.


75


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS RECEIVABLE (continued)

As of December 31, 2016, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:
 Pass 
Special
Mention
 Substandard Nonaccrual Total
One-to-four family residential real estate$93,514
 $
 $629
 $2,486
 $96,629
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied38,179
 
 41
 369
 38,589
Multi-family mortgage - Illinois297,826
 122
 1,048
 187
 299,183
Multi-family mortgage - Other243,704
 
 
 
 243,704
Nonresidential real estate180,047
 
 1,845
 260
 182,152
Construction946
 
 
 
 946
Land356
 
 
 
 356
Commercial loans:        
Regional commercial banking35,944
 
 66
 
 36,010
Health care35,372
 
 
 
 35,372
Direct commercial lessor30,881
 800
 
 
 31,681
Commercial leases:        
Investment-grade268,022
 
 
 
 268,022
Other84,356
 161
 
 
 84,517
Consumer2,255
 
 
 
 2,255
 $1,311,402
 $1,083
 $3,629
 $3,302
 $1,319,416
As of December 31, 2015, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:
  Pass 
Special
Mention
 Substandard Nonaccrual Total
One-to-four family residential real estate $112,449
 $
 $576
 $1,936
 $114,961
One-to-four family residential real estate - non-owner occupied 43,858
 219
 271
 192
 44,540
Multi-family mortgage - Illinois 312,329
 344
 4,656
 828
 318,157
Multi-family mortgage - Other 187,358
 
 511
 
 187,869
Nonresidential real estate 219,859
 1,600
 4,981
 295
 226,735
Construction 21
 
 
 
 21
Land 450
 
 842
 
 1,292
Commercial loans:         
Regional commercial banking 29,377
 
 614
 
 29,991
Health care 31,809
 
 
 
 31,809
Direct commercial lessor 17,716
 
 
 
 17,716
Commercial leases:         
Investment-grade 170,100
 
 
 
 170,100
Other 95,305
 
 
 
 95,305
Consumer 1,831
 
 
 
 1,831
  $1,222,462
 $2,163
 $12,451
 $3,251
 $1,240,327


76


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 5 - OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED


Real estate that is acquired through foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as OREO until it is sold. When real estate is acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at its fair value, less the estimated costs of disposal. If the fair value of the property is less than the loan balance, the difference is charged against the allowance for loan losses.
The following represents the roll forward of OREO and the composition of OREO properties.
  At and For the Years Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
Beginning balance $7,011
 $6,358
New foreclosed properties 1,251
 5,875
Valuation adjustments (314) (548)
Sales (4,053) (4,674)
Ending balance $3,895
 $7,011
 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
 Balance Valuation Allowance Net OREO Balance Balance Valuation Allowance Net OREO Balance
One–to–four family residential$1,702
 $(137) $1,565
 $2,684
 $(63) $2,621
Multi-family mortgage370
 
 370
 1,025
 (74) 951
Nonresidential real estate1,171
 (105) 1,066
 1,986
 (239) 1,747
Land1,101
 (207) 894
 2,358
 (666) 1,692
 $4,344
 $(449) $3,895
 $8,053
 $(1,042) $7,011
Activity in the valuation allowance is as follows:
  At and For the Years Ended December 31,
  2016 2015
Beginning of year $1,042
 $896
Additions charged to expense 314
 548
Reductions from sales of other real estate owned (907) (402)
End of year $449
 $1,042
At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of OREO includes no foreclosed residential real estate properties recorded as a result of obtaining physical possession of the property without title. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the recorded investment of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceeds are in process was $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively.


77


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)


NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Year end premises and equipment are as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Land and land improvements$13,820
 $13,594
Buildings and improvements37,416
 37,316
Furniture and equipment9,660
 9,693
Computer equipment4,058
 7,224
 64,954
 67,827
Accumulated depreciation(33,541) (35,101)
 $31,413
 $32,726
Depreciation of premises and equipment was $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The Company leases certain branch facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring in various years through 2032. Rent expense, net of sublease income, for facilities was $399,000, $393,000, and $387,000 in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, excluding taxes, insurance, and maintenance. The projected minimum rental expense under existing leases, not including taxes, insurance, and maintenance, as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:
2017$469
2018479
2019471
2020459
2021464
Thereafter4,243
 $6,585
The Company has subleased some of its branch facilities and currently is entitled to receive income as follows:
2017$8


78


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 7 – CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE


The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of core deposit intangible, gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Balance at the beginning of the year$1,305
 $1,855
Amortization(523) (550)
Additions
 
Net Carrying Value$782
 $1,305
Gross carrying amount$5,932
 $5,932
Accumulated amortization(5,150) (4,627)
Net Carrying Value$782
 $1,305
Aggregate amortization expense was $523,000, $550,000 and $578,000 for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:
2017$496
2018184
201961
202034
20217
NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS
Composition of deposits is as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$249,539
 $254,830
Savings deposits160,002
 156,752
Money market accounts311,183
 329,654
Interest-bearing NOW accounts267,054
 248,982
Certificates of deposit351,612
 222,701
 $1,339,390
 $1,212,919
Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC Insurance limit of $250,000 were $18.7 million and $15.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the next five years are as follows:
2017$236,859
201879,166
201919,508
20207,650
20218,429


79


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 9 – BORROWINGS


Year-end borrowed funds are as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
 
Contractual
Rate
 Amount 
Contractual
Rate
 Amount
Fixed-rate advance from FHLBC, due within 1 year0.67% $50,000
 0.29% $62,000
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase0.25
 1,069
 0.25
 2,318
 0.66% $51,069
 0.28% $64,318
The Company maintains a collateral pledge agreement covering secured advances whereby the Company has agreed to keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, specifically identified whole first mortgages on improved residential property not more than 90-days delinquent to secure advances from the FHLBC. All of the Bank’s FHLBC common stock is pledged as additional collateral for these advances. At December 31, 2016, $80.1 million and $354.3 million of first mortgage and multi-family mortgage loans, respectively, collateralized potential advances. At December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow an additional $357.4 million under our credit facilities with the FHLBC. The Company also had available pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowing. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was no outstanding balance on these lines.
NOTE 10 – SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are shown below.
  December 31, 2016
  Overnight and Continuous Up to 30 days 30 - 90 days Greater Than 90 days Total
Repurchase agreements and repurchase-to-maturity transactions $1,069
 $
 $
 $
 $1,069
Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreements in Statement of Condition $1,069
  December 31, 2015
  Overnight and Continuous Up to 30 days 30 - 90 days Greater Than 90 days Total
Repurchase agreements and repurchase-to-maturity transactions $2,318
 $
 $
 $
 $2,318
Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreements in Statement of Condition $2,318
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase were secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $4.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Also included in total borrowings were advances from the FHLBC of $50.0 million and $62.0 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
As the securities’ values fluctuate due to market conditions, the Company has no control over the market value.  The Company is obligated to promptly transfer additional securities if the market value of the securities falls below the repurchase price, per the agreement.


80


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES


The income tax expense (benefit) is as follows:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Current$308
 $346
 $363
Deferred expense (benefit)4,390
 5,079
 3,437
Deferred tax valuation allowance
 
 (35,117)
Total income tax expense (benefit)$4,698
 $5,425
 $(31,317)
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory federal corporate tax rate of 34% for 2016, 2015 and 2014 to the income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations follows:
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Expense computed at the statutory federal tax rate$4,148
 $4,794
 $3,161
State taxes and other, net464
 626
 664
Bank owned life insurance(70) (66) (80)
ESOP/Share based compensation156
 71
 55
Deferred tax valuation allowance
 
 (35,117)
 $4,698
 $5,425
 $(31,317)
Effective income tax rate38.51% 38.48% N.M.
N.M. Not Meaningful
Retained earnings at December 31, 2016 and 2015 include $14.9 million for which no deferred federal income tax liability has been recorded. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes alone.
The net deferred tax asset is as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Gross Deferred tax assets   
Allowance for loan losses$3,117
 $3,716
Alternative minimum tax, general business credit and net operating loss carryforwards20,857
 24,799
Tax deductible goodwill and core deposit intangible1,466
 1,783
Other2,540
 2,237
 27,980
 32,535
Gross Deferred tax liabilities   
Net deferred loan origination costs(1,874) (1,811)
Purchase accounting adjustments(2,644) (2,801)
Other(817) (888)
Unrealized gain on securities(234) (340)
 (5,569) (5,840)
 $22,411
 $26,695
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s net deferred tax asset (“DTA”) was $22.4 million and $26.7 million, respectively.


81


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES (continued)

A DTA valuation allowance is required under ASC 740 when the realization of a DTA is assessed and the assessment indicates that it is “more likely than not” (i.e. more than 50% likely) that all or a portion of the DTA will not be realized. All available evidence, both positive and negative must be considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance against the net DTA is required. Objectively verifiable evidence is assigned greater weight than evidence that is not objectively verifiable. The valuation allowance is analyzed quarterly for changes affecting the DTA.
The Company reversed its DTA valuation allowance as of December 31, 2014 based on management’s determination that it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to utilize the entire DTA and that maintaining a valuation allowance for the DTA was no longer warranted under ASC 740. Accordingly, the valuation allowance for the DTA was reversed and the Company recorded an associated tax benefit of $35.1 million in 2014.
The Company’s ability to realize the DTA is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the tax attributes underlying the DTA become deductible. The amount of the DTA that will ultimately be realized will be impacted by the Company’s future taxable income, any changes to the many variables that could impact future taxable income and the then applicable corporate tax rate. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, management determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to utilize the entire DTA. This could change if the U.S. Congress were to enact legislative changes that materially reduce the federal corporate income tax rate.
At December 31, 2016, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward of $34.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2032, a federal tax credit carryforward of $1.3 million which will begin to expire in 2022, a $3.1 million alternative minimum tax credit carryforward that can be carried forward indefinitely, and a $29.7 million federal alternative minimum tax net operating loss carryforward which will begin to expire in 2032. In addition, at December 31, 2016 the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward relating to its acquisition of Downers Grove National Bank, which is subject to utilization limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, of $7.8 million which will begin to expire in 2030. At December 31, 2016, the Company had a state net operating loss carryforward for the State of Illinois of $77.9 million, which will begin to expire in 2022.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Beginning of year$108
 $79
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
 
Additions for tax positions of prior years
 29
Reductions due to the statute of limitations and reductions for tax positions of prior years(51) 
End of year$57
 $108
The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has immaterial amounts accrued for potential interest and penalties.
The Company and its subsidiary are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the various states where the Company does business. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the federal taxing authorities for years before 2013 and the Illinois taxing authorities for years before 2013.


82


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 12 – REGULATORY MATTERS

The Bank and the Company are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. The capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve the quantitative measurement of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. The failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in regulatory actions. The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule, and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on available for sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital.
Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the OCC categorized the Bank as well–capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the institution’s well–capitalized status.


83


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 12– REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)


Actual and required capital amounts and ratios were:
 Actual Required for Capital Adequacy Purposes To be Well-Capitalized under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
December 31, 2016           
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Consolidated$193,845
 16.96% $91,414
 8.00% N/A N/A
BankFinancial, NA168,113
 14.72
 91,386
 8.00
 $114,232
 10.00%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets):          
Consolidated185,718
 16.25
 68,560
 6.00
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, NA159,986
 14.01
 68,539
 6.00
 91,386
 8.00
Common Tier 1 (CET1)           
Consolidated185,718
 16.25
 51,420
 4.50
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, NA159,986
 14.01
 51,404
 4.50
 74,251
 6.50
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted average total assets):        
Consolidated185,718
 11.92
 62,306
 4.00
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, NA159,986
 10.27
 62,303
 4.00
 77,879
 5.00
December 31, 2015           
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):           
Consolidated$198,738
 17.89% $88,898
 8.00% N/A N/A
BankFinancial, F.S.B.171,239
 15.41
 88,881
 8.00
 $111,102
 10.00%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets):          
Consolidated189,044
 17.01
 66,674
 6.00
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, F.S.B.161,545
 14.54
 66,661
 6.00
 88,881
 8.00
Common Tier 1 (CET1)           
Consolidated189,044
 17.01
 50,005
 4.50
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, F.S.B.161,545
 14.54
 49,996
 4.50
 72,216
 6.50
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted average total assets):        
Consolidated189,044
 13.26
 57,043
 4.00
 N/A N/A
BankFinancial, F.S.B.161,545
 11.33
 57,039
 4.00
 71,299
 5.00
The Company and the Bank have each adopted Regulatory Capital Plans that require the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 7.5% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.5% (including the Capital Conservation Buffer ("CCB")).
The minimum capital ratios set forth in the Regulatory Capital Plans will be increased and other minimum capital requirements will be established if and as necessary. In accordance with the Regulatory Capital Plans, neither the Company nor the Bank will pursue any acquisition or growth opportunity, declare any dividend or conduct any stock repurchase that would cause the Bank's total risk-based capital ratio and/or its Tier 1 leverage ratio to fall below the established minimum capital levels or the capital levels required for capital adequacy plus the CCB. The minimum CCB in 2016 is 0.625% and will increase 0.625% annually through 2019 to 2.5%. In addition, the Company will continue to maintain its ability to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank by holding at least $5.0 million of cash or liquid assets for that purpose. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank and the Company were well-capitalized, with all capital ratios exceeding the well-capitalized requirement. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action capitalization category.
The Bank is subject to regulatory restrictions on the amount of dividends it may declare and pay to the Company without prior regulatory approval, and to regulatory notification requirements for dividends that do not require prior regulatory approval.


84


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)


NOTE 13 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP after attainment of age 21 and completion of one year of service. In connection with the conversion and reorganization, the ESOP borrowed $19.6 million from the Company, and used the proceeds of the loan to purchase 1,957,300 shares of common stock issued in the subscription offering at $10.00 per share. The loan is secured by the shares and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the Bank’s discretionary contributions to the ESOP and earnings on ESOP assets. The Bank has committed to make discretionary contributions to the ESOP sufficient to service the loan over a period not to exceed 20 years. When loan payments are made, ESOP shares are allocated to participants based on relative compensation and expense is recorded. Participants receive their earned shares at the end of employment.
Contributions to the ESOP were $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, including dividends and interest received on unallocated shares of $195,000 and $206,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Expense related to the ESOP, net of dividends and interest received on unallocated ESOP shares, was $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Shares held by the ESOP were as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Allocated to participants1,125,448
 1,027,583
Distributed to participants(313,223) (281,387)
Unearned831,852
 929,717
Total ESOP shares1,644,077
 1,675,913
Fair value of unearned shares$12,328
 $11,742
Profit Sharing Plan/401(k) Plan. The Company has a defined contribution plan (“profit sharing plan”) covering all of its eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the profit sharing plan after attainment of age 21 and completion of one year of service. The Company provides a match of $0.50 on each $1.00 of contribution up to 6% of eligible compensation beginning April 1, 2007. The Company may also contribute an additional amount annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions totaling $330,000, $308,000, and $348,000 were made for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 14 – EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS
On June 27, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the BankFinancial Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, which authorized the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company to grant a variety of cash- and equity-based incentive awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares and other incentive awards, to employees and directors aggregating up to 3,425,275 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Plan provided that no awards may be granted under the Plan after the ten years anniversary of the Effective Date, thus no further awards will be granted.
The Human Resources Committee may grant stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to certain employees and directors of the Company. The exercise price for the stock options is the fair market value of the common stock on the dates of the grants.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. The risk-free interest rate was determined using the yield available on the option grant date for a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury security with a term equivalent to the expected life of the option. The expected life for options granted represents the period the option is expected to be outstanding and was determined by applying the simplified method as allowed by SAB 107. The expected volatility for options issued in 2015 was determined using the Company’s historical data. Estimated forfeitures were assumed to be zero due to the lack of historical experience for the Company. During 2015, the Company awarded a total of 1,752,156 stock options to officers and directors. There were no grants issued in 2016.


85


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 14 – EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS (continued)

The Company estimated the grant date fair value of options awarded in 2015 using Black-Scholes Option-Pricing model with the following assumptions:
2015 Assumptions
Risk-free interest rate0.60%
Expected option life (years)1.27
Expected stock price volatility17.28%
Dividend yield1.299%
The stock options generally vest annually over a one year period; vesting is subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The stock options will expire if not exercised within two years from the date of grant. The Company recognized $979,000 and $568,000 of stock-based compensation expenses relating to the granting of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. There was no expense for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2016, there were 1,752,156 stock options outstanding. There are no stock options available for grant at December 31, 2016.
A summary of the activity in the stock option plan for 2016 follows:
Stock Options 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014 
 $
   $
Stock options granted 1,752,156
 12.30
    
Stock options exercised 
 
    
Stock options expired 
 
    
Stock options forfeited 
 
    
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 1,752,156
 $12.30
 1.48 $778
Stock options granted 
 
    
Stock options exercised 
 
    
Stock options expired 
 
    
Stock options forfeited 
 
    
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016 1,752,156
 $12.30
 0.48 $4,422
Stock options exercisable at December 31, 2016 1,752,156
 12.30
 0.48 4,422
Fully vested and expected to vest 1,752,156
 12.30
 0.48 4,422
(1) Stock option aggregate intrinsic value represents the number of shares subject to options multiplied by the difference (if positive) in the closing market price of the common stock underlying the options on the date shown and the weighted average exercise price.
The weighted average fair value of the options granted is $0.88 per option. As of December 31, 2016, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested stock options granted under the Plan.
The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors may grant shares of restricted stock to certain employees and directors of the Company. The awards generally vest annually over varying periods from three to five years and vesting is subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The cost of such awards will be accrued ratably as compensation expense over such respective periods based on expected vesting dates. The Company recognized $3,000, $70,000, and $70,000 of expenses relating to the grant of shares of restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested shares of restricted stock was $8,000. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 9.1 months. There are no shares of restricted stock available for grant at December 31, 2016.


86


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 14 – EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS (continued)

Restricted Stock 
Number of
Shares (1)
 
Weighted Average Fair Value at 
Grant Date
 
Weighted
Average
Term to Vest
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (2)
Shares outstanding at January 1, 2015 16,822
 $8.14
 0.44 $199
Shares granted 
 
    
Shares vested (8,888) 
    
Shares forfeited 
 
    
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2015 7,934
 $8.14
 0.31 $100
Shares granted 
 
    
Shares vested (6,994) 
    
Shares forfeited 
 
    
Shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 940
 $8.14
 0.74 $14
(1)The end of period balances consist only of unvested shares.
(2)Restricted stock aggregate intrinsic value represents the number of shares of restricted stock multiplied by the market price of the common stock underlying the outstanding shares on the date shown.
NOTE 15 – LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES
The Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. The Company uses these financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of customers and to effectively manage exposure to interest rate risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, unused lines of credit, and commitments to sell loans. When viewed in terms of the maximum exposure, those instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Credit risk is the possibility that a counterparty to a financial instrument will be unable to perform its contractual obligations. Interest rate risk is the possibility that, due to changes in economic conditions, the Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected.
The following is a summary of the contractual or notional amount of each significant class of off-balance-sheet financial instruments outstanding. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments.
The contractual or notional amounts are as follows:
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Financial instruments wherein contractual amounts represent credit risk   
Commitments to extend credit$91,172
 $52,322
Standby letters of credit1,305
 1,075
Unused lines of credit125,332
 126,333
Commitments to sell mortgages
 64
Commitments to extend credit are generally made for periods of 60 days or less. The fixed-rate loans commitment totaled $71.0 million with interest rates ranging from 0.50% to 6.00% and maturities ranging from 1 to 30 years.
Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customers.
The Bank, as a member of Visa USA, received 51,404 unrestricted shares of Visa, Inc. Class B common stock in connection with Visa, Inc.’s initial public offering in 2007, and 32,398 additional shares of Class B common stock, due to a stock split, that were deposited into a litigation escrow that Visa, Inc. established under its retrospective responsibility plan. The retroactive responsibility


87


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 15 – LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES (continued)

plan obligates all former Visa USA members to indemnify Visa USA, in proportion to their equity interests in Visa USA, for certain litigation losses and expenses, including settlement expenses, for the lawsuits covered by the retrospective responsibility plan. The primary method for discharging the indemnification obligations under the retrospective responsibility plan is funding the litigation escrow through a reduction of the ratio at which the Visa, Inc. Class B shares can be converted into publicly traded Class A common shares of Visa, Inc. Since the Class B shares were issued, Visa, Inc. has reduced the conversion ratio to provide additional funding for the litigation escrow. Class B shares can only be transferred to other financial institutions until the underlying litigation is finally resolved, and the transfers that have occurred to date have involved material discounts. Due to the restrictions that the retrospective responsibility plan imposes on the Company’s Visa, Inc. Class B shares, the Company has not recorded the Class B shares as an asset.
NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2 – Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 – Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:
Securities: The fair values of marketable equity securities are generally determined by quoted prices, in active markets, for each specific security (Level 1). If Level 1 measurement inputs are not available for a marketable equity security, we determine its fair value based on the quoted price of a similar security traded in an active market (Level 2). The fair values of debt securities are generally determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).
Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available for similar loans and collateral underlying such loans. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted in accordance with the allowance policy.
Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals which are updated no less frequently than annually. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach with data from comparable properties. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Real estate owned properties are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.


88


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 Fair Value Measurements Using  
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Fair Value
December 31, 2016       
Securities:       
Certificates of deposit$
 $85,938
 $
 $85,938
Equity mutual fund499
 
 
 499
Mortgage-backed securities – residential
 15,184
 
 15,184
Collateralized mortgage obligations – residential
 5,574
 
 5,574
SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
 17
 
 17
 $499
 $106,713
 $
 $107,212
December 31, 2015       
Securities:       
Certificates of deposit$
 $87,901
 $
 $87,901
Equity mutual fund507
 
 
 507
Mortgage-backed securities - residential
 19,180
 
 19,180
Collateralized mortgage obligations – residential
 7,142
 
 7,142
SBA-guaranteed loan participation certificates
 23
 
 23
 $507
 $114,246
 $
 $114,753


89


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table sets forth the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:
 Fair Value Measurement Using  
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Fair
Value
December 31, 2016       
Impaired loans:       
Nonresidential real estate$
 $
 $234
 $234
Impaired loans$
 $
 $234
 $234
Other real estate owned:       
One–to–four family residential real estate$
 $
 $1,282
 $1,282
Nonresidential real estate
 
 553
 553
Land
 
 47
 47
Other real estate owned$
 $
 $1,882
 $1,882
        
December 31, 2015       
Impaired loans:       
Multi-family mortgage$
 $
 $477
 $477
Nonresidential real estate
 
 36
 36
Impaired loans$
 $
 $513
 $513
Other real estate owned:       
One–to–four family residential real estate$
 $
 $42
 $42
Multi-family mortgage
 
 354
 354
Nonresidential real estate
 
 474
 474
Land
 
 794
 794
Other real estate owned$
 $
 $1,664
 $1,664


90


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral–dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $260,000, with a valuation allowance of $26,000 at December 31, 2016, compared to a carrying amount of $557,000 and a valuation allowance of $44,000 at December 31, 2015, resulting in a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $18,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to an decrease in the provision for loan losses of $426,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015.
OREO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell, had a carrying value of $2.3 million less a valuation allowance of $434,000, or $1.9 million, at December 31, 2016, compared to $2.5 million less a valuation allowance of $881,000, or $1.7 million at December 31, 2015. There were $314,000 and $548,000 of valuation allowance additions charged to expense of other real estate owned recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The following table presents quantitative information, based on certain empirical data with respect to Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2016:
 Fair Value 
Valuation
Technique
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range
(Weighted
Average)
Impaired loans       
Nonresidential real estate$234
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches -10.2%
   Income approach Cap Rate 8.5%
 $234
      
Other real estate owned       
One-to-four family residential real estate$1,282
 Sales comparison Discount applied to valuation 8.62% to 20.04%
(11.9%)
Nonresidential real estate553
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches 
-3.22% to 4.58%
(3.7%)
Land47
 Sales comparison Discount applied to valuation 5.74%-31.60%
(25.2%)
 $1,882
      


91


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The following table presents quantitative information, based on certain empirical data with respect to Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015:
 Fair Value 
Valuation
Technique
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range
(Weighted
Average)
Impaired loans       
Multi-family mortgage$477
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches 39.3%
   Income approach Cap Rate 8.75%
Nonresidential real estate36
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches 1.2%
 $513
      
Other real estate owned       
One-to-four family residential real estate$42
 Sales comparison Discount applied to valuation -0.35% to 2.8%
(0.03%)
Multi-family mortgage354
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches -67.74% to 10.37%
(-13%)
Nonresidential real estate474
 Sales comparison Comparison between sales and income approaches 
-15.6% to 1.46%
(-5%)
Land794
 Sales comparison Discount applied to valuation 
-7.7% to 17.24%
(6%)
 $1,664
      


92


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows:
   
Fair Value Measurements at
 December 31, 2016 Using:
  
 
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial assets         
Cash and cash equivalents$96,684
 $13,053
 $83,631
 $
 $96,684
Securities107,212
 499
 106,713
 
 107,212
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses1,312,952
 
 1,322,713
 234
 1,322,947
FHLBC and FRB stock11,650
 
 
 
 N/A
Accrued interest receivable4,381
 
 4,381
 
 4,381
Financial liabilities         
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$249,539
 $
 $249,539
 $
 $249,539
Savings deposits160,002
 
 160,002
 
 160,002
NOW and money market accounts578,237
 
 578,237
 
 578,237
Certificates of deposit351,612
 
 350,593
 
 350,593
Borrowings51,069
 
 50,015
 
 50,015
Accrued interest payable102
 
 102
 
 102
   
Fair Value Measurements at
 December 31, 2015 Using:
  
 
Carrying
Amount
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial assets         
Cash and cash equivalents$59,377
 $13,192
 $46,185
 $
 $59,377
Securities114,753
 507
 114,246
 
 114,753
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses1,232,257
 
 1,240,791
 513
 1,241,304
FHLBC stock6,257
 
 
 
 N/A
Accrued interest receivable4,226
 
 4,226
 
 4,226
Financial liabilities        

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$254,830
 $
 $254,830
 $
 $254,830
Savings deposits156,752
 
 156,752
 
 156,752
NOW and money market accounts578,636
 
 578,636
 
 578,636
Certificates of deposit222,701
 
 222,026
 
 222,026
Borrowings64,318
 
 64,318
 
 64,318
Accrued interest payable39
 
 39
 
 39
For purposes of the above, the following assumptions were used:
Cash and Cash Equivalents: The estimated fair values for cash and cash equivalents are based on their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these assets.


93


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE (continued)

Loans: The estimated fair value for loans has been determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows based on the current rate the Company would charge for similar loans with similar maturities, applied for an estimated time period until the loan is assumed to be repriced or repaid. The methods utilized to estimate fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price. The estimated fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on outstanding commitments from third-party investors.
FHLBC and FRB Stock: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLBC and FRB stock due to the restrictions placed on its transferability.
Deposit Liabilities: The estimated fair value for certificates of deposit has been determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows based on estimates of rates the Company would pay on such deposits, applied for the time period until maturity. The estimated fair values of noninterest-bearing demand, NOW, money market, and savings deposits are assumed to approximate their carrying values as management establishes rates on these deposits at a level that approximates the local market area. Additionally, these deposits can be withdrawn on demand.
Borrowings: The estimated fair values of advances from the FHLBC and notes payable are based on current market rates for similar financing. The estimated fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase is assumed to equal its carrying value due to the short-term nature of the liability.
Accrued Interest: The estimated fair values of accrued interest receivable and payable are assumed to equal their carrying value.
Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments: Off-balance-sheet items consist principally of unfunded loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit. The estimated fair values of unfunded loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and unused lines of credit are not material.
While the above estimates are based on management’s judgment of the most appropriate factors, as of the balance sheet date, there is no assurance that the estimated fair values would have been realized if the assets were disposed of or the liabilities settled at that date, since market values may differ depending on the various circumstances. The estimated fair values would also not apply to subsequent dates.
In addition, other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the above disclosures.
NOTE 17 – COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed financial information of BankFinancial Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the three years ended December 31, 2016 follows:
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
 December 31,
 2016 2015
Assets   
Cash in subsidiary$14,543
 $15,309
Loan receivable from ESOP10,767
 11,799
Investment in subsidiary176,756
 183,039
Deferred tax asset2,367
 1,865
Other assets347
 352
 $204,780
 $212,364
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   
Total stockholders’ equity$204,780
 $212,364


94


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 17 – COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)

Condensed Statements of Operations
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Interest income$503
 $544
 $584
Dividends from subsidiary16,888
 19,710
 
Other expense1,846
 1,536
 1,451
Income (loss) before income tax and undistributed subsidiary income15,545
 18,718
 (867)
Income tax benefit(502) (783) (1,082)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed subsidiary income16,047
 19,501
 215
Equity in undistributed subsidiary excess distributions(8,545) (10,826) 40,399
Net income$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 For the years ended December 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash flows from operating activities     
Net income$7,502
 $8,675
 $40,614
Adjustments:     
Equity in undistributed subsidiary excess distributions8,545
 10,826
 (40,399)
Change in other assets(497) (793) (1,172)
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
 (23)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities15,550
 18,708
 (980)
Cash flows from investing activities     
Principal payments received on ESOP loan1,032
 992
 951
Net cash from investing activities1,032
 992
 951
Cash flows from financing activities     
Repurchase and retirement of common stock(13,215) (9,970) 
Cash dividends paid on common stock(4,133) (4,145) (1,688)
Net cash used in financing activities(17,348) (14,115) (1,688)
Net change in cash in subsidiary(766) 5,585
 (1,717)
Beginning cash in subsidiary15,309
 9,724
 11,441
Ending cash in subsidiary$14,543
 $15,309
 $9,724


95


Table of Contents
BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Table amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 18 – SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)

 For the year ended December 31, 2016
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Interest income$12,759
 $12,581
 $12,845
 $12,743
Interest expense856
 952
 1,014
 1,148
Net interest income11,903
 11,629
 11,831
 11,595
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses(490) 1,315
 (525) (539)
Net interest income12,393
 10,314
 12,356
 12,134
Noninterest income1,594
 1,537
 1,637
 1,777
Noninterest expense10,930
 10,506
 9,912
 10,194
Income before income taxes3,057
 1,345
 4,081
 3,717
Income tax expense1,153
 514
 1,573
 1,458
Net income$1,904
 $831
 $2,508
 $2,259
Basic earnings per common share$0.10
 $0.04
 $0.13
 $0.12
Diluted earnings per common share$0.10
 $0.04
 $0.13
 $0.12
The Company recorded net income of $2.3 million, or $0.12 per common share, for the fourth quarter of 2016. The Company’s net interest income before provision for loan losses was $11.6 million due to stronger loan originations and improved asset quality, which was offset by increased interest bearing liabilities at higher cost of funds. The Company’s fourth quarter 2016 operating results included a $539,000 recovery of loan losses. Noninterest expense included gains on REO sales of $113,000 and $177,000 of nonperforming asset management and OREO expense.
 For the year ended December 31, 2015
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
Interest income$12,211
 $12,193
 $12,147
 $12,411
Interest expense686
 691
 699
 738
Net interest income11,525
 11,502
 11,448
 11,673
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses(724) (488) (956) (1,038)
Net interest income12,249
 11,990
 12,404
 12,711
Noninterest income1,536
 1,689
 1,709
 1,757
Noninterest expense10,513
 10,031
 10,232
 11,169
Income before income taxes3,272
 3,648
 3,881
 3,299
Income tax expense (benefit)1,286
 1,424
 1,532
 1,183
Net income$1,986
 $2,224
 $2,349
 $2,116
Basic earnings per common share$0.10
 $0.11
 $0.12
 $0.11
Diluted earnings per common share$0.10
 $0.11
 $0.12
 $0.11
The Company recorded net income of $2.1 million, or $0.11 per common share, for the fourth quarter of 2015. The Company’s net interest income before provision for loan losses increased to $11.7 million due to stronger loan originations and improved asset quality. The Company’s fourth quarter 2015 operating results included a $1.0 million recovery of loan losses. The primary reasons for this decrease was the growth in our loan portfolio focused on loan types with lower loss ratios based on our historical loss experience, and improvements in the historical loan loss factors that occurred as the losses incurred in earlier periods aged and thus were either eliminated from the calculation or assigned a lower weight. Noninterest expense included $522,000 of nonperforming asset management and OREO expense.


96


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the fiscal year covered by their report ( “Evaluation Date”). Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
The annual report of management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth under “Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” under Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(c) Changes in internal controls.
There were no changes made in our internal controls during the fourth quarter of 2016 or, to our knowledge, in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls.
See the Certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
Not Applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors and Executive Officers
The information concerning our directors and executive officers required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and 10 percent stockholders required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Code of Ethics
We haveThe Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to ourthe Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions. A copy of ourthe Company’s Code of Ethics was attachedpreviously filed as Exhibit 14 to ourthe Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed withfor the Securitiesyear ended December 31, 2005. Amendments to and Exchange Commissionwaivers from the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers will be disclosed on March 27, 2006. We havethe Company website, www.bankfinancial.com. The Company has also adopted a Code of Business Conduct, pursuant to the listing standards of the NASDAQ requirements,Stock Market that applies generally to ourthe Company’s directors, officers, and employees.
Recommendations for Director Nominees
There have been no changes to our procedures for stockholders to recommend director nominees since they were disclosed in our proxy statement for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Audit Committee
The Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which was attached as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting. As more fully described in the Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee reviews the records and affairs of the Company to determine its financial condition, reviews with management and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm the systems of internal control over financial reporting, and monitors adherence in accounting and financial reporting to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Each member of the Audit Committee is an “independent” director as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Hausmann and Wherfel are qualified as “audit committee financial experts” as currently defined in the regulations of the SEC.


3



ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
NARRATIVE DISCUSSION OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Introduction
This Narrative Discussion of Executive Compensation describes the Company’s compensation philosophy and policies for 2018 as applicable to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table. This section explains the structure and rationale associated with each material element of the named executive officers’ compensation, and it provides context for the more detailed disclosure tables and specific compensation amounts provided in the following section. It is important to note that the Company and the Bank have certain members of executive management in common; however, all members of executive management are compensated by the Bank rather than the Company, and the Company reimburses the Bank for its services to the Company through intercompany expense allocations.
Role of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors
Pursuant to its Charter, the Human Resources Committee of the Company is responsible for the execution of the Board of Directors’ responsibilities with respect to compensation, performance evaluation and succession planning for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers of the Company. The Human Resources Committee of the Company is also responsible for the submission of an annual report on executive compensation to the Board of Directors for inclusion in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Human Resources Committee of the Company is comprised of Messrs. Wells (Chairman), Hausmann, O’Neill and Wherfel and Ms. Francis, each of whom is expected to serve on the committee through the conclusion of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 25, 2019. Each member of the Human Resources Committee of the Company is considered “independent” according to the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and a “non-employee” director under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
The overall objective of the Company’s and the Bank’s compensation programs is to align executive officer compensation with the success of meeting strategic, financial and management objectives and goals. The programs are designed to create meaningful and appropriate incentives to manage the business of the Company and the Bank successfully and to align management interests with those of the stockholders of the Company. The program is structured to accomplish the following:
encourage a consistent and competitive return to stockholders over the long-term;
maintain a corporate environment that encourages stability and a long-term focus for the primary constituencies of the Company and the Bank, including employees, stockholders, communities, clients and government regulatory agencies;
maintain a program that:
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONclearly motivates personnel to perform and succeed according to the current goals of the Company and the Bank;
provides management with the appropriate empowerment to make decisions that benefit the primary constituents;
aligns incentive compensation practices to risk-taking activities;
attracts and retains key personnel critical to the long-term success of the Company and the Bank;
provides for management succession planning and related considerations;
encourages increased productivity;
provides for subjective consideration in determining incentive and compensation components; and
ensures that management:
fulfills its oversight responsibility to its primary constituents;
conforms its business conduct to the Company’s and the Bank’s established ethical standards;
remains free from any influences that could impair or appear to impair the objectivity and impartiality of its judgments or treatment of the constituents of the Company and the Bank; and
avoids any conflict between its responsibilities to the Company and the Bank and each executive officer’s personal interests.
Compensation Principles and Factors
Business Plan Objectives.The Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank periodically conduct a review of current and anticipated business conditions in the context of the Company’s and the Bank’s financial and competitive position. The review period typically includes at least the previous two fiscal years and up to two years prospectively. In connection with this review, management submits a Business Plan to the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank that proposes strategic, financial and management objectives for the period covered, using multiple scenarios in response to a variety of stated assumptions. The Boards of Directors then evaluate the proposed Business Plan, and modify its provisions to the extent they


4



deem appropriate. The Business Plan is updated by management and the Boards of Directors periodically throughout the year to respond to changing circumstances and conditions. The Business Plan provides a basis for evaluating the future progress of the organization, including all appropriate strategic alternatives, and management’s performance.
The Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank considered the Company’s and the Bank’s performance within the context of the business plan and management’s overall performance, weighing numerous factors within and outside of management’s control.
Corporate Performance and Industry Comparison. In establishing named executive officer compensation, the Human Resources Committees periodically evaluate the Company’s and the Bank’s performance compared to management’s and the Boards of Directors’ overall goals and business plan objectives as well as to other financial institutions. The Human Resources Committees believe that using the respective performance factors of the Company and the Bank in determining named executive officer compensation levels is a useful tool for aligning the executive officers’ interests with those of the stockholders of the Company. With that in mind, the Human Resources Committees focus on the respective overall performance of the Company and the Bank relative to the prior calendar year and also consider the performance of insured depository institutions in the Chicago MSA, immediately adjacent MSA or the State of Illinois. As part of the evaluation and review, the Human Resources Committees also take into account the manner in which various subjective issues, such as changes in competition, regulatory standards, and general and local economic conditions (including unemployment rates and commodities prices and adverse conditions in housing and real estate markets) may have affected performance.
For purposes of comparative analysis in assessing corporate performance, the Company generally considers commercial banks and savings institutions of similar asset size, capital ratios, and/or geography. Given the ever-changing landscape within the banking industry, there is no specifically defined group of companies that is utilized for this analysis. The group of comparative financial institutions used in 2018 to assess overall performance consisted of publicly-held financial institutions located in the Chicago MSA, immediately adjacent MSA or the State of Illinois with assets of $2.0 billion to $5.0 billion. The local financial institutions that were considered in 2018 included Old Second Bancorp (OSBC) and Byline Bancorp (BY). A broader group consisting of these publicly-held institutions and a number of privately-held local financial institutions was used to evaluate the improvements that occurred in the Company’s earnings, loan portfolio composition and asset quality performance metrics.
The Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank believe that industry comparison is a useful tool for assessing business performance, staying competitive in the marketplace and attracting and retaining qualified executives. While the Human Resources Committees believe that it is prudent to use industry comparison data in determining compensation practices, they do not establish empirical parameters or benchmarks for using this data. Rather, where necessary, the Human Resources Committee of the Bank uses industry comparison data to confirm that executive compensation is reasonable relative to competing organizations.
Performance Reviews and Role of Executives in Committee Meetings. Management reports to the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank at least annually on its progress in achieving the strategic, financial and management objectives established by the business plan. The Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank then consider the overall performance of the Company and the Bank and the named executive officers in the context of these objectives, weighing numerous factors and conditions within and outside of management’s control. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank reviews current and proposed compensation levels for the Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers for Bank-level base salaries, incentive compensation plans and discretionary cash bonus payments.
The Boards of Directors and the Human Resources Committees exclude the Chief Executive Officer and all other Named Executive Officers from their discussions and formal meetings concerning their compensation, except to receive the results of the decisions made and other relevant information.
Information Resources and Role of Compensation Consultants. In reviewing current and proposed compensation levels for Named Executive Officers, the Human Resources Committees consider the organizational structure and business performance of the Company and the Bank, external information concerningfrom public sources on industry and competitor business performance and compensation required by this item willpractices and levels and other information it deems relevant to its responsibilities. The Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank continued to have access to their own outside counsel and a compensation consultant during 2018. The Human Resources Committee of the Company engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. to assist in the preparation of the compensation aspects of reports filed with the SEC and to be available for consultations with outside counsel.
Alignment of Risk and Performance-Based Compensation. The Code of Business Conduct for the Company and the Bank includes provisions for the recovery (also known as “clawback”) of performance-based incentive compensation paid in or after 2018 in certain situations involving a restatement of financial reporting for a period up to three years from the date the restated


5



financial statements are first filed with the Securities and Exchange CommissionCommission. In addition, incentive compensation plans adopted by amendmentthe Bank that are directly related to this Annual Reportthe volumes and pricing of extensions of credit provide for the exclusion or deferral of incentive-based compensation based on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days aftereither the endinherent risk of our fiscal year.the extension of credit or the risk rating assigned to the credit by a committee independent of the loan origination process.

Components of Executive Compensation

General. All Named Executive Officers of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer, are currently executive officers of the Bank. The compensation that the Bank pays to its Named Executive Officers, however, is taken into account in establishing the intercompany expense allocations that the Company pays to the Bank.
97


TableBase Salary. Generally, base salary levels are established based on job descriptions and responsibilities, either temporary or permanent in nature (including any revisions or proposed revisions thereto), competitive conditions and general economic trends in the context of Contents

ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information concerning security ownershipthe Bank’s financial and franchise condition, and performance. A discussion of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item will be filed withchanges in base salaries for each named executive officer is included under “Conclusions for the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth information regarding the securities that were authorized for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as ofYear Ended December 31, 2016:
  Column (A) Column (B) Column (C)
Plan Category Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (A))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders 1,753,096
 $12.30
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders 
 
 
Total 1,753,096
 $12.30
 
       
Column (A) represents stock options and restricted stock outstanding under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Future equity awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan may take the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance unit awards, restricted stock, restricted performance stock, restricted stock units, stock awards or cash. Column (B) represents the weighted-average exercise price of the outstanding stock options only; the outstanding restricted stock awards are not included in this calculation. Column (C) represents the maximum aggregate number of future equity awards that can be made under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2016.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions required by this item will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information concerning principal accountant fees and services will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
PART IV
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements2018.”
The following consolidated financial statementbase salaries of the registrant and its subsidiariesnamed executive officers for 2019 are filed as part of this document under Item 8 - “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(A)Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
(B)Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2016 and 2015
(C)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(D)Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(E)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(F)Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(G)Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


98


Table of Contents

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
None.
(a)(3) Exhibits
The documents set forth below are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference to the location indicated.follows:
Name ExhibitPosition Location2019 Base Salary
3.1Articles of Incorporation of BankFinancial CorporationExhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.2Bylaws of BankFinancial CorporationExhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.3Articles of Amendment to Charter of BankFinancial CorporationExhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
3.4Restated Bylaws of BankFinancial CorporationExhibit 3.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2014
4Form of Common Stock Certificate of BankFinancial CorporationExhibit 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
10.1Employee Stock Ownership PlanExhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
10.2BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with F. Morgan Gasior Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-KChairman of the Company, originally filed with the SecuritiesBoard, Chief Executive Officer and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008
10.3President BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with James J. BrennanExhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008.$465,000
10.4BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Paul A. Cloutier Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the SecuritiesExecutive Vice President and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2008
10.5Chief Financial Officer Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Terms$294,950
William J. Deutsch, Jr. Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.6National Commercial Leasing President - Bank 2006 BankFinancial Corporation Equity Incentive PlanAppendix C to the Definitive Form 14A, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2006 (File No. 000-51331)
10.7Form of Performance Based Incentive Stock Option Award TermsExhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.8Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award TermsExhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.9Form of Performance Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Award TermsExhibit 10.4 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.10Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award AgreementExhibit 10.5 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.11Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Award AgreementExhibit 10.6 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006$237,601
Cash Incentive Plan Compensation. The Bank maintains numerous cash incentive compensation plans at the Divisional or Departmental level. Each plan aligns incentive compensation with the applicable Business Plan objectives for a particular Division or Department. The Bank’s Human Resources Committee approves each Divisional or Departmental cash incentive compensation plan for a calendar year. At the conclusion of the calendar year, the Bank’s Human Resources Committee reviews the proposed awards pursuant to each Divisional or Departmental plan. Cash incentive plan compensation for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer reflects the relative achievement of the strategic, financial and management objectives established by the Business Plan, management’s responses to unforeseen circumstances or conditions that materially differ from those originally assumed, and the individual performance factors established for each individual. Historically, the Bank prepared performance- and risk-based incentive compensation matrices for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Taken together, these matrices incorporated direct relationships of certain key risk exposures and performance elements for the Company. Information with respect to these plans or matrices for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer is included in “Conclusions for the Year Ended December 31, 2018.”
Discretionary Cash Bonus. The Bank may pay discretionary cash bonuses to associates and officers based on job performance consistent with a high level of individual execution of assigned responsibilities or special projects for a portion of a calendar year, a full calendar year or over a period of years. The Bank’s Human Resources Committee approves all discretionary cash bonus payments for all officers at the level of Vice President or higher. No empirical mathematical formula was used to determine the amount of the discretionary cash bonus payments. The awards of discretionary cash bonus payments for the named executive officers are discussed in “Conclusions for the Year Ended December 31, 2018.”
Share Ownership Guidelines. In the absence of difficult personal circumstances, the Human Resources Committee of the Company encourages the Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers of the Company to acquire with their own funds and hold a position in Company shares equal to 100% of the executive’s three-year average annual cash compensation. At December 31, 2018, all of the Company’s named executive officers met all elements of the Human Resources Committee of the Company’s share ownership guidelines.
Prohibited Transactions Involving Shares Issued By BankFinancial Corporation. The Insider Trading Policy for the Company and the Bank, includes provisions prohibiting directors, officers and employees from purchasing shares of common stock issued by the Company in a margin account, or pledging such shares as collateral for a loan. In addition, the Insider Trading Policy prohibits the purchase or sale of financial instruments or otherwise conducting transactions designed to, or that may reasonably be expected to have the effect of hedging or offsetting a decrease in the market value of any securities issued by the Company without the prior written consent of the Company’s Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.
401(k) Plan. The Company has a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan covering all of its eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after attainment of age 21 and completion of six months of service. The Company


99

6

Table of Contents

provides a match of 50% of all contributions up to 6% of eligible compensation. The Company could also contribute an additional amount annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank. Contributions totaling $506,000, excluding forfeitures, were made to the 401(k) plan for 2018. All reasonable administrative expenses incurred by the Plan were paid by the Plan.
All Other Compensation and Perquisites. To the extent applicable, the Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank review and monitor the level of other compensation and perquisites provided by the Company or the Bank, respectively, to the named executive officers in the context of current business operations and general market practices. Excluding the effects of the Bank’s contributions for the health, vacation, and 401(k) plan benefits available to all full-time employees and the Bank’s reimbursement of the after-tax premium costs for disability insurance coverages, the Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank continue to believe that other compensation and perquisites generally should not exceed 10% of each named executive officer’s total annual cash compensation. As of December 31, 2018, the compensation practices of the Company and the Bank with respect to other compensation and perquisites met this standard.
Conclusions for Year Ended December 31, 2018
Executive Summary. The following is a summary of the compensation decisions the Human Resources Committees made with respect to the named executive officers for 2018 and 2019:
earned 2018 cash incentive compensation plan payments and discretionary cash bonuses were paid to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the National Commercial Leasing President.
in March 2019, the base salary of the Chief Executive Officer increased by 3.3%, the base salary of the Chief Financial Officer increased 1.5%, and the National Commercial Leasing President increased 2.0%. The base salaries of the named executive officers increased by 2.0% in April 2018, except the base salary for the Chief Executive Officer, which increased by 9.0%.
Review of Chief Executive Officer. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank met outside the presence of management to review the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in the context of the approved 2018 Business Plan, and the extent to which established Business Plan objectives were realized during 2018. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank also evaluated the overall state of the Bank’s franchise and strategic position, capabilities and direction consistent with the Chief Executive Officer’s execution of his leadership and planning responsibilities. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank conducted an evaluation of Mr. Gasior’s 2018 performance and 2019 base compensation. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank reviewed historical performance standards first adopted in 2009, evaluated industry compensation information of publicly-traded financial institutions located in the Chicago MSA, immediately adjacent MSA or the State of Illinois with assets of $2.0 billion to $5.0 billion, and evaluated the 2018 performance award percentages compared to the historical performance standards. Based on the factors noted above, the Board of Directors of the Bank, with Mr. Gasior not participating, ratified the actions of the Human Resources Committee of the Bank with respect to the Chief Executive Officer and approved a 24.65% cash incentive compensation plan payment based on the achievement of the 2018 Business Plan objectives as set forth in the matrix below, a 4.5% discretionary cash bonus payment related to the disposition of the Bank’s Visa B equity securities, and a 3.3% increase to base compensation.
The matrix used by the Human Resources Committee of the Bank with respect to the Chief Executive Officer is as follows:
Component Weight 2018
Performance Results
 2018
Percentage Results
 2018
Percentage Awarded
 2018 Maximum
Percentage
Earnings Per Share 25% Met 17.60%  17.60%  50% 
Internal Controls 25
 Met 20.00
  20.00
  50
 
Asset Quality (1)
 25
 Exceeded 35.00
  35.00
  50
 
Marketing & Business Development 15
 Met 20.00
  20.00
  50
 
Leadership & Planning 10
 Exceeded 35.00
  35.00
  50
 
Composite 100% Met 24.65%
(2) 
 24.65%
(3) 
 50%
(4) 
(1)The Human Resource Committee of the Bank’s review was based on information provided in our audited financial statements; however, such results were reviewed generally but were not compared to predetermined numerical criteria.
(2)Represents the percentage of base salary earned as cash incentive compensation.
(3)Represents the percentage of base salary paid as cash incentive compensation.
(4)Represents the maximum percentage of base salary available as cash incentive compensation.


7



The Earnings target and the actual results for the year ended December 31, 2018, are set forth in the table below.
Category 2018 Performance 2018 Plan
Earnings Per Share $1.11
 $0.88
Review of the Chief Financial Officer. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank met outside the presence of management to review the performance of the Chief Financial Officer. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank noted that the Chief Executive Officer had provided it with an assessment of the performance of the Chief Financial Officer, which included a review of the historical performance standards first adopted in 2009, an evaluation of industry compensation data of publicly-traded institutions located in the Chicago MSA, immediately adjacent MSA, or the State of Illinois with assets of $2.0 billion and $5.0 billion and an evaluation of 2018 performance compared to the historical standards. The Human Resources Committee noted that the Bank achieved strong results in its regulatory examinations and independent reviews relating to Asset-Liability Management. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer provided core decision support analysis to the Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Board of Directors with respect to the payment of dividends, the Company’s Share Repurchase Program, the evaluation of two potential acquisitions of smaller financial institutions, a community development project, and the tracking of corporate and industry performance for Business Plan and strategic planning purposes. Because the members of the Board of Directors have had considerable interaction with the Company’s Chief Financial Officer throughout the year, the Human Resources Committee of the Bank determined that it had a strong basis to make an evaluation of the Chief Financial Officer independent of the Chief Executive Officer’s conclusions and recommendations. Based on the factors noted above, the Human Resources Committee of the Bank approved a 15.3% cash incentive compensation plan payment to the Chief Financial Officer, consisting of 10.69% based on the achievement of the 2018 Business Plan objectives as set forth in the matrix below plus 4.6% related to the completion of a specific project-based goal related to community development investments, and a 2.4% discretionary cash bonus payment related to the disposition of the Bank’s Visa B equity securities.
The Human Resources Committee of the Bank also approved a standard base compensation increase of 1.5% for the Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors of the Bank ratified the actions of the Human Resources Committee of the Bank with respect to the Chief Financial Officer.
The matrix utilized by the Human Resources Committee of the Bank with respect to the Chief Financial Officer is as follows:
Component Weight 2018
Performance Results
 2018
Percentage Results
 2018
Percentage Awarded
 2018 Maximum
Percentage
Core Earnings Per Share 5% Met 8.80%  8.80%  20% 
Internal Controls 25
 Met 10.00
  10.00
  20
 
Asset Quality (Securities)(1)
 30
 Met 10.00
  10.00
  20
 
Liquidity & Interest Rate Risk 30
 Met/Exceeded 12.50
  12.50
  20
 
Leadership & Planning 10
 Met 10.00
  10.00
  20
 
Composite 100% Met/Exceeded 10.69%
(2) 
 10.69%
(3) 
 20%
(4) 
(1)The Human Resource Committee of the Bank’s review was based on information provided in our audited financial statements; however, such results were reviewed generally but were not compared to predetermined numerical criteria.
(2)Represents the percentage of base salary earned as cash incentive compensation.
(3)Represents the percentage of base salary paid as cash incentive compensation.
(4)Represents the maximum percentage of base salary available as cash incentive compensation.
The Earnings target and the actual results for the year ended December 31, 2018, are set forth in the table in the Review of the Chief Executive Officer.
Review of National Commercial Leasing President. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank met outside the presence of management to review the performance of the National Commercial Leasing President. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank noted that the Chief Executive Officer had assessed the performance of the National Commercial Leasing President and the applicable cash incentive compensation based on the results of the Bank’s 2018 National Commercial Leasing President Incentive Compensation Plan. The Bank’s National Commercial Leasing President Incentive Compensation Plan rewards successes in growing the commercial lease portfolio, the lessor credit portfolio, commercial deposits, and non-interest income based on Business Plan projections and underwriting standards. The National Commercial Leasing President, with the concurrence of the Chief Executive Officer, projected the Business Plan results based on numerous factors including the prior


8



year’s volume funded and average outstanding, the allocation of relative credit risk between investment grade and other leases, the relative volume of discounted lease originations, the average outstanding balance of commercial loans to independent equity lessors, the yield achieved on lease and loan originations, the asset quality of the portfolio, current economic and projected market conditions, lease and loan repayments and other factors. The National Commercial Leasing Division achieved 102% of the overall portfolio balance target at December 31, 2018; however, the relative credit risk composition of discounted lease originations resulted in a lower yield than the overall portfolio balance target yield by approximately 2.4%. Based on the relative achievements within the Discounted Lease and Lessor Commercial Credit portfolios pursuant to the 2018 National Commercial Leasing Incentive Compensation Plan, the Human Resources Committee of the Bank approved a $100,464 cash incentive compensation plan payment to the National Commercial Leasing President for 2018 and a $11,647 discretionary cash bonus payment related to the management of certain wholesale lessor relationships. The Committee’s approval includes $410 earned under the incentive compensation plan but deferred for up to two years pursuant to the Bank’s risk management controls with respect to incentive compensation for risk-taking activities. If the obligations are not met, then the deferred amounts will be forfeited. The Human Resources Committee of the Bank also approved a standard base compensation increase of 2.0% for the National Commercial Leasing President. The Board of Directors of the Bank ratified the actions of the Human Resources Committee of the Bank with respect to the National Commercial Leasing President.
Reasonableness of Compensation
After considering all components of the compensation program for the named executive officers, the Human Resources Committee of the Bank has determined that such compensation is reasonable and appropriate.
The cash incentive compensation programs for the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and the National Commercial Leasing President include both asset quality and internal control risk measurements. Similar controls exist within the incentive compensation plans for non-executive officers and employees, as applicable. In addition, the measurement and review of the asset quality and internal controls performance are separated from the applicable business operations, including audits by the Internal Audit Division, the Company’s independent external audit firm and other third-party independent reviews. Finally, the overall system of internal controls is robust and provides multiple levels of controls to reasonably detect and prevent instances of excessive risk taking within the organization.
Tax and Accounting Treatment
Code Section 409A. The Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank have monitored regulatory developments under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which was enacted as part of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and deals with specific tax rules for non-qualified deferred compensation plans. The Company previously revised certain provisions in its employment agreements with the Chief Executive Officer, the other Named Executive Officers and certain other officers to address Section 409A and the final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A.
Other Taxation Issues. The Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank believe that, as compensation structures become more complex, the effects of the alternative minimum tax and other taxation issues could affect the net intended effect of the Company’s and the Bank’s compensation plans. Although no specific action is warranted at this time, the Human Resources Committees of the Company and the Bank intends to monitor the effects of the alternative minimum tax and other taxation issues on the Company and its directors, officers and associates when evaluating various compensation principles, practices and plans.


9



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the other two most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities during 2018:
Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position Year Salary Bonus 
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation(1)
 
All Other
Compensation(2)
 
Total
Compensation
F. Morgan Gasior
Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer
and President
 2018 $439,958
 $20,000
 $110,925
(3) 
 $31,484
 $602,367
 2017 412,703
 
 138,256
  64,165
 615,124
Paul A. Cloutier
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
 2018 289,148
 7,000
 44,574
(4) 
 $29,876
 $370,598
 2017 284,011
 
 33,842
  63,671
 381,524
William J. Deutsch, Jr.
National Commercial Leasing President
 2018 231,713
 11,647
 100,464
(5) 
 15,397
 $359,221
 2017 227,596
 
 104,368
  48,452
 380,416
(1)Mr. Deutsch's 2018 and 2017 amounts include $410 and $1,021 earned under the cash compensation plan, respectively, but deferred for up to two years pursuant to the Bank's risk management controls with respect to incentive compensation and paid if certain lease obligations are met. If the obligations are not met, then the deferred amounts will be forfeited.
(2)All other compensation for the named executive officers during fiscal 2018 is summarized below:
Name 
Perquisites(i)
 
Insurance(ii)
 
 Tax  Reimbursement(iii)
 
401(k)
Match
 Total
F. Morgan Gasior $19,200
 $2,913
 $1,272
 $8,099
 $31,484
Paul A. Cloutier $18,600
 $2,106
 $920
 $8,250
 $29,876
William J. Deutsch, Jr. $6,000
 $1,739
 $760
 $6,898
 $15,397
(i)Includes use of an automobile or an automobile allowance, and in the case of Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier, club dues.
(ii)Consists of premiums paid by the Company during the fiscal year with respect to additional short- and long-term disability insurance for each named executive officer. Certain amounts were paid by the executive and reimbursed by the Company under employment agreement provisions that reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the Bank’s obligations under such executive’s employment agreement in the event of the executive’s death or disability by the amount of insurance proceeds received by the executive’s named beneficiary.
(iii)Reflects reimbursement for income and employment taxes incurred by the executive as a result of the insurance premiums paid by the executive and reimbursed by the Company. See note (ii) above and discussion below for additional information.
(3)Mr. Gasior is eligible to receive an incentive cash bonus up to 50% of base salary based on the achievement of weighted performance goals.
(4)Mr. Cloutier is eligible to receive an incentive cash bonus up to 20% of base salary based on the achievement of weighted performance goals and an additional incentive cash bonus up to a maximum of $15,000 based on the achievement of a community development project performance goal.
(5)Mr. Deutsch is eligible to receive an incentive under the National Commercial Leasing President Incentive Compensation Plan. Maximum payout is not limited if certain business plan objectives are achieved during 2018. If these objectives are not achieved, the maximum payout is limited to $165,000. Final incentive earned is subject to risk-based deferrals and asset quality adjustments.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control
The following table sets forth information concerning potential payments and benefits under the Company’s compensation programs and benefit plans to which the Named Executive Officers would be entitled upon a termination of employment as of December 31, 2018. As is more fully described on the following page, the named executive officers entered into employment agreements with the Company and/or the Bank, as applicable (each, an “Employment Agreement”), which provide for payments and benefits to a terminating executive officer following a termination other than for “cause” or by resignation. Except for the payments and benefits provided by the Employment Agreements, all other payments and benefits provided to any Named Executive Officer upon termination of his employment are the same as the payments and benefits provided to other eligible executives of the Bank.


10



Executive 
Potential Payments Upon
Termination
or Change of
Control
 Termination by the Bank Other Types of Termination 
Change of
Control (3)
For
Cause
 
For Disability (1)
 
Without
Cause (2)
 
By
Resignation
 
For Good
Reason (2)
 
Upon
Death (1)
 
F. Morgan Gasior Cash payments $
 $1,230,189
 $1,693,108
 $
 $1,693,108
 $1,230,189
 $1,693,108
 Continued Benefits 
 18,706
 23,221
 
 23,221
 18,706
 23,221
Paul A. Cloutier Cash payments $
 $753,439
 $1,033,659
 $
 $1,033,659
 $753,439
 $1,033,659
 Continued Benefits 
 32,260
 40,046
 
 40,046
 32,260
 40,046
William J. Deutsch, Jr. Cash payments $
 $681,954
 $681,954
 $
 $681,954
 $681,954
 $681,954
 Continued Benefits 
 14,752
 14,752
 
 14,752
 14,752
 14,752
(1)For each named executive officer, except Mr. Deutsch, cash payments include an amount equal to the average cash incentive compensation paid during the preceding two years prorated for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution for the year of termination, and the base salary the executive would have received from the date of termination through the end of his employment period. The cash payments for Mr. Deutsch include a prorated annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution for the year of termination, and the base salary the executive would have received from the date of termination through the end of the executive's employment period. Continued benefits reflect the incremental cost of core benefits to the Company during the executive's remaining employment period based on actual cost for 2018. Excludes any reduction in benefit as a result of disability insurance or federal social security disability payments.
(2)For each named executive officer, except Mr. Deutsch, cash payments include an amount equal to the average cash incentive compensation paid during the preceding two years prorated for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution, and three times the executive’s three-year average cash compensation. The cash payments for Mr. Deutsch include a prorated annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution for the year of termination, and the base salary the executive would have received from the date of termination through the end of the executive's employment period. Continued benefits reflect the incremental cost of core benefits to the Company for 36 months based on the actual cost for 2018, except for Mr. Deutsch, whose continued benefits reflect the incremental cost of core benefits to the Company during the executive's remaining employment period.
(3)The payments reflected in this column assume the executive terminated for good reason in connection with a change of control. For each named executive officer, except Mr. Deutsch, cash payments include an amount equal to the average cash incentive compensation paid during the preceding two years prorated for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution, and three times the executive’s three-year average cash compensation. The cash payments for Mr. Deutsch include a prorated annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, prorated employer matching 401(k) contribution for the year of termination, and the base salary the executive would have received from the date of termination through the end of the executive's employment period. Continued benefits reflect the incremental cost of core benefits to the Company for 36 months based on the actual cost for 2018, except for Mr. Deutsch, whose continued benefits reflect the incremental cost of core benefits to the Company during the executive's remaining employment period. Executive severance benefits for Mr. Deutsch may be reduced to avoid constituting an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. Assuming a December 31, 2018 termination, the cash payments reflected above for Mr. Deutsch do not require a reduction.
Accrued Pay and Regular Retirement Benefits. The amounts shown in the table above do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided on a non-discriminatory basis to salaried employees generally upon termination of employment. These include:
Accrued but unpaid salary and vacation pay.
Distributions of plan balances under the Bank’s 401(k) plan. See “401(k) Plan” for an overview of the 401(k).
Employment Agreements. The Bank has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior, Cloutier and Deutsch and the Board of Directors of the Bank last reviewed the Bank’s employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior, Cloutier and Deutsch in 2018 and approved the extension of their terms through May 31, 2021. The reviews are conducted annually and the next review is scheduled to occur in the second quarter of 2019.
Under the employment agreements, the Bank will pay the executive officers the base salary as reflected in the Bank’s payroll records, subject to discretionary increases by the Board of Directors. The 2019 base salaries for Messrs. Gasior, Cloutier and Deutsch are $465,000, $294,950 and $237,601, respectively. The employment agreements provide that the base salary may be increased but may not be decreased without the executive officer’s prior written consent. The employment agreements also provide that the executive officer will receive the use of an automobile or an automobile allowance and in the case of Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier, the payment of designated club dues, provided that, in a given year, these payments may not, in the aggregate, exceed 10% of the executive officer’s cash compensation. The employment agreements further provide that the executive officer is entitled to participate with other executive officers in cash incentive compensation plans and discretionary cash bonuses, if approved by the Board, respectively. In addition to base salary, cash incentive compensation plans or discretionary cash bonuses, as may be approved by the Board, the employment agreements provide for, among other things, participation in a Section 125 cafeteria plan, group medical, dental, and vision (referred to as the “Core Plans”), disability and life insurance plans, the 401(k) plan, and other employee and fringe benefits applicable to executive personnel.
During the employment period, each executive officer is provided with a supplemental disability insurance policy that pays 60% of base salary for the remaining term of the agreement in the event the executive officer is terminated due to disability. If an executive officer becomes disabled, his or her base salary will be reduced proportionately by the disability payments made


11



under the disability policy and under the federal social security system. Each executive officer is responsible for paying the premiums but receives an annual allowance in an amount sufficient, on an after-tax basis, to equal the premium payments. In the event of termination of employment due to disability, the executive officer will be entitled to his earned salary, an amount equal to the annual average of any cash incentive compensation and bonus that the executive officer received during the preceding two fiscal years, except for Mr. Deutsch who would receive an amount equal to the cash incentive compensation he would receive during the current year. The executive officer will receive the prorated employer matching 401(k) plan contribution that the executive officer would be entitled to receive for the current year. In addition, the executive officer will be entitled to the base salary the executive officer would have been paid through the date the employment period would have expired if the executive officer’s employment had not been sooner terminated due to disability, which will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the disability insurance and federal social security disability payments referenced above, and continued coverage under the Core Plans through the date the employment period would have expired, subject to the executive officer’s continued payment of the costs and contributions for which he is responsible. After their continued coverage under the core plans expires, Messrs. Deutsch and Cloutier will be provided with a cash insurance expense stipend if the Bank’s insurer will not allow them to remain in the Bank’s health insurance plan after their employment ends or until they become eligible for Medicare coverage or for coverage under another employer’s group health plan. Mr. Gasior will have access to health insurance until he qualifies for Medicare provided that he pays the annual insurance premiums at COBRA rates.
In the event the executive officer’s employment is terminated due to death, his surviving spouse and minor children, if any, will be entitled to the same coverage under the core plans that the executive officer would have been provided if his employment had terminated due to disability. In addition, the executive officer’s estate or trust, as applicable, will be entitled to the base salary the executive officer would have been paid through the date the employment period would have expired if the executive officer’s employment had not been sooner terminated due to death. The Bank will generally have no obligation to pay or provide an executive officer’s estate, surviving spouse, or minor children with any other compensation or benefits on account of the executive officer’s death.
In the event the executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause by the Bank, the executive officer will receive his earned salary, prorated incentive compensation, accrued plan contribution, and continued coverage under the Core Plans for 36 months, except for Mr. Deutsch, whose continued coverage would be during the remaining employment period. Continued coverage under the Core Plans is subject to the executive officer’s payment of costs and contributions for which he or she is responsible. After their continued coverage under the Core Plans expires, Messrs. Deutsch and Cloutier will be provided with a cash insurance expense stipend; Mr. Gasior will have access to health insurance until he qualifies for Medicare provided that he pays the annual insurance premiums at COBRA rates. In the event of a termination without cause, the executive would be paid an amount equal to three times the average annual compensation, with the exception of Mr. Deutsch who would be paid his base salary from the effective date of termination through the date the employment period would have expired. Payment of benefits would be made in a single lump sum (except for Mr. Deutsch, for whom the payment would be made in equal installments), except for payments upon death and payments that exceed certain “safe harbor” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
Under the employment agreements, the executive officer may terminate his employment for “Good Reason” by giving notice within 60 days after the event giving rise to the right to terminate employment. Good Reason generally includes (i) the Bank’s decision not to re-elect or failure to re-elect the executive officer to his present position; (ii) with the exception of Mr. Deutsch, the Bank’s failure to extend the executive officer’s employment period on the anniversary date for an additional year; (iii) the relocation of the executive officer’s principal place of employment by more than a specified distance; (iv) the reduction in the executive officer’s base salary or a material reduction in benefits to which the executive officer is entitled; (v) the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or the Company; (vi) the Bank’s material uncured breach of the employment agreement; and (vii) with the exception of Mr. Deutsch, the occurrence of a “Change of Control” as such term is defined in the 2006 EIP. With respect to Mr. Gasior’s employment agreement, “Good Reason” also includes the failure to elect or re-elect him as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Bank, a change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Bank such that the current directors no longer constitute a majority of the board other than in certain circumstances where the new board is nominated or appointed by the existing board, or a significant reduction in the scope of his duties, powers, privileges, authority or responsibilities. In the event an executive officer’s employment is terminated for Good Reason, he will receive the same amounts, the same coverage under the Core Plans and the same health insurance coverage continuation rights that he would have received if his employment had been terminated without cause. An executive officer who terminates his employment by resignation other than due to Good Reason will only be entitled to his earned salary and vacation through the date of termination.
The executive officer is required under the employment agreement to execute a general release in consideration for any severance amounts. The executive officer also agrees not to compete with the Bank or its affiliates for six months after termination or during the period that severance amounts are paid, if longer. In addition, the executive officer agrees not to solicit the Bank’s


12



customers, their business or the Bank’s employees for eighteen months, which may be reduced in certain circumstances. Payment of amounts due the executive officers under the employment agreements will generally be made in a single lump sum, or in the case of Mr. Deutsch, in equal installments as described above.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier and the Board of Directors of the Company last reviewed the Company’s employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier in 2018 and approved the extension of their terms through May 31, 2021. The reviews are conducted annually and the next review is scheduled to occur in the second quarter of 2019.
The Company does not separately compensate Messrs. Gasior or Cloutier for their services to the Company. Instead, the Bank pays and provides their cash compensation and benefits, and allocates a portion of this expense to the Company pursuant to an intercompany expense sharing arrangement in proportion to the time and services that they provide to the Company. The employment agreements between the Company and Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier thus provide that any cash compensation and benefits that become simultaneously due under both their employment agreements with the Company and their employment agreements with the Bank will be subtracted from those due Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier under their respective employment agreements with the Company. The payments and benefits that each of Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier will receive under his employment agreement with the Company if his employment is terminated without cause, for Good Reason or due to death or disability are the same as those provided for in their respective employment agreements with the Bank.
The primary material differences between the Company’s employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier and their respective employment agreements with the Bank are that their employment agreements with the Company provide that, upon the termination of employment based on the occurrence of a Change of Control as that term is defined in the 2006 EIP, (i) the restricted periods applicable to the non-competition and non-solicitation covenants set forth in their respective employment agreements with the Company and their employment agreements with the Bank will be reduced to six months and the scope of the competitive restrictions will be limited to those that existed immediately prior to the Change of Control; and (ii) all obligations that may become due simultaneously under both the Company’s employment agreements with Messrs. Gasior and Cloutier and their respective employment agreements with the Bank will first be provided under their employment agreements with the Company. The Company employment agreements do not impose a limit on the compensation that would be payable to Messrs. Gasior or Cloutier upon the occurrence of a Change of Control to avoid an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.
Compensation of Directors
Directors’ Fees. All directors of the Company, other than Mr. O’Neill, are also directors of the Bank. Except for Mr. Gasior, who receives no fees for serving as a director, committee chairperson or committee member, the directors of the Bank received a Board fee of $2,000 per month through March 2018 for preparing for and attending meetings of the Board of Directors of the Bank. Except for the Audit Committee, the Bank did not pay its directors a separate fee during 2018 for serving on board committees. The members of the Audit Committee were paid an Audit Committee fee during 2018 because the Audit Committee is a required entity with separate responsibilities established by applicable laws and regulations. Through March 2018, the Bank paid an Audit Committee fee of $1,000 per quarter to Mr. Hausmann (the Chairman of the Audit Committee), and $800 per quarter to Messrs. Wells and Wherfel (members of the Audit Committee).
Beginning in April 2018, the Board of Directors of the Bank received a Board fee of $3,000 per month and the Board of Directors of the Company received a Board fee of $1,500 per month. The Company paid an Audit Committee fee of $500 per month to Mr. Hausmann and $400 per month to Messrs. Wells and Wherfel.
Mr. O’Neill was compensated for his service as a director of the Company because he is not a director of the Bank. Mr. O’Neill received a Board fee of $1,000 per month through March 2018 and $1,500 per month beginning in April 2018. Mr. O’Neill was reimbursed for his travel expenses for attending meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company.


13



The table below provides information on 2018 compensation for directors who served in 2018. Directors receive no perquisites in addition to the scheduled fees paid to each member, except as noted below:
Name 
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) (1)
 Total ($)
Cassandra J. Francis $46,500
 $46,500
John M. Hausmann, C.P.A. $52,000
 $52,000
Thomas F. O’Neill $16,500
 $16,500
John W. Palmer (2)
 $16,500
 $16,500
Terry R. Wells $50,900
 $50,900
Glen R. Wherfel, C.P.A. $50,900
 $50,900
(1)Ms. Francis and Messrs. Hausmann, Wells, and Wherfel fees include fees for service on the Board of Directors of the Bank in the amount of $33,000.
(2)John W. Palmer resigned as a Director of the Company, effective February 26, 2019.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Mr. Gasior is the only director of the Company and the Bank who is also an executive officer of the Company and/or the Bank. Mr. Gasior does not participate in the decisions of the Boards of Directors of the Company or the Bank or their respective Human Resources Committees concerning his compensation. No executive officer of the Company or the Bank has served on the Board of Directors or on the compensation committee of any other entity that had an executive officer serving on the Company’s Board of Directors or Human Resources Committee.


14



BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK BY CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth, as of April 15, 2019, certain information as to the beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock by: (i) those persons or entities known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock; (ii) each director and nominee for election as director; (iii) each named executive officer of the Company; and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank as a group. The address for each individual listed below is: C/O BankFinancial Corporation, 60 North Frontage Road, Burr Ridge, Illinois 60527. An asterisk denotes beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owners 
Amount of Shares
Owned and 
Nature of Beneficial Ownership(1)
   
Percent of Shares of Common Stock
Outstanding
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
6300 Bee Cave Road
Building One
Austin, Texas 78746
 1,480,854
 
(2) 
 9.51%
Black Rock, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
 1,188,716
 
(2) 
 7.64%
Principal Trust Company
1013 Centre Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19805
As Trustee fbo BankFinancial and Subsidiaries 401(k) Plan
 1,016,317
 
(2) 
 6.53%
PL Capital, LLC
20 East Jefferson Ave., Suite 22
Naperville, Illinois 60540
 975,189
 
(3) 
 6.26%
Renaissance Technologies Holdings Corporation
800 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
 891,900
 
(4) 
 5.73%
The Vanguard Group
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
 883,966
 
(2) 
 5.68%
       
Directors and Nominees      
Cassandra J. Francis 40,444
   *      
F. Morgan Gasior 294,878
 
(5) 
 1.89%
John M. Hausmann 69,049
   *      
Thomas F. O’Neill 7,160
   *      
Terry R. Wells 56,384
   *      
Glen R. Wherfel 77,729
 
(6) 
 *      
Named Executive Officers (other than Mr. Gasior):      
Paul A. Cloutier 85,691
 
(7) 
 *      
William J. Deutsch, Jr. 48,858
 
(8) 
 *      
All Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers of the Company and the Bank as a Group (9 persons) 785,364
   5.05%
Footnotes on following page.



15




(1)The information reflected in this column is based upon information furnished to us by the persons named above and the information contained in the records of our stock transfer agent. The nature of beneficial ownership for shares shown in this column, unless otherwise noted, represents sole voting and investment power.
(2)Amount of shares owned and reported on the most recent Schedule 13G filings with the SEC, reporting ownership as of December 31, 2018.
(3)Amount of shares owned and reported on the most recent 13D filing with the SEC, reporting ownership as of February 28, 2019.
(4)Amount of shares owned and reported on the most recent Schedule 13G filings with the SEC, reporting ownership as of July 26, 2018.
(5)Includes 85,341 shares held by the BankFinancial and Subsidiaries Associate Investment Plan. Also includes 125,000 shares held by Mr. Gasior’s spouse. Mr. Gasior disclaims beneficial ownership of these 125,000 shares.
(6)Includes 45,229 shares held in trust and 7,500 shares held by an individual retirement account.
(7)Includes 20,691 shares held by the BankFinancial and Subsidiaries Associate Investment Plan.
(8)Includes 38,858 shares held by the BankFinancial and Subsidiaries Associate Investment Plan.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Transactions with Certain Related Persons
Neither the Bank nor the Company had any outstanding extensions of credit as of December 31, 2018 to any executive officer or directors or to a related interest of a director or executive officer. The Bank’s Professional Responsibility Policy provides that no director or executive officer (as defined by the Bank’s Board of Directors) may provide goods or services to the Bank or an affiliate (which includes the Company) unless approved by the disinterested majority of the Board of Directors after full disclosure and it is determined that the arrangement is fair and appropriate. In addition, all transactions between the Bank or its affiliates and a director or executive officer must be conducted on an arm’s length basis, comply with all applicable laws and regulations and be on terms that are no more favorable to the director or executive officer than those afforded to similarly situated customers and vendors.
Director Independence
The Board of Directors has determined that, except for Mr. Gasior, who serves as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, each of the Company’s directors is “independent” as defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Set forth below is certain information concerning aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by Crowe during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
Audit Fees. The aggregate fees billed to the Company by Crowe for professional services rendered by Crowe for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and internal controls, review of the financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K and services that are normally provided by Crowe in connection with statutory and regulatory filings and engagements were $444,000 and $425,000 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Audit-Related Fees. The aggregate fees billed to the Company by Crowe for assurance and related services rendered by Crowe that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit of and review of the financial statements and that are not already reported in “Audit Fees” above, were $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and none for the year ended December 31, 2017. The 2018 fees were billed to the Company for services related to the Bank’s ESOP plan.
Tax Fees. The aggregate fees billed to the Company by Crowe for professional services rendered by Crowe for tax consultations and tax compliance were $132,000 and $154,000 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
All Other Fees. There were no other fees billed for professional services rendered by Crowe other than those described above.
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy
The Audit Committee pre-approves all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by Crowe, subject to the de minimus exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit. The Audit Committee pre-approved 100% of the audit and tax fees described above during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.


16



ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(3)    Exhibits
Exhibit No. ExhibitDescriptionLocation
10.12Form of Restricted Stock Award AgreementExhibit 10.7 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.13Form of Stock Appreciation Rights AgreementExhibit 10.8 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2006
10.14BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with F. Morgan GasiorExhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008
10.15BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with Paul A. CloutierExhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008
10.16BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with James J. BrennanExhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2008.
10.17BankFinancial Corporation Employment Agreement with Elizabeth A. DoolanExhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2009.
10.18BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Elizabeth A. DoolanExhibit 10.29 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2009.
10.19BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with Gregg T. AdamsExhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of the Company originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2010.
10.20BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with John G. ManosExhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of the Company originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2010.
10.21Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial FSB Employment AgreementExhibit 10.33 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013
10.22Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial FSB Employment AgreementExhibit 10.34 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013
10.23Form of Amendment No. 1 to BankFinancial Corporation Employment AgreementExhibit 10.35 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013
10.24Amended and Restated BankFinancial FSB Employment Agreement with William J. Deutsch, Jr.Exhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 20, 2013
10.25Form of Extension of Term of Employment Period, for Named Executive Officers of BankFinancial Corporation (pursuant to terms of existing agreements)Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2016
10.26Form of Extension of Term of Employment Period, for Named Executive Officers of BankFinancial FSB (pursuant to terms of existing agreements)Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2016
10.27Consulting Agreement with former Executive Christa N. Calabrese, effective March 31, 2014, lasts 12 monthsExhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 8-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2014
14Code of Ethics for Senior Financial OfficersExhibit 14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2006
21Subsidiaries of RegistrantExhibit 21 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2004
23Consent of Crowe Horwath LLPFiled herewith


100


Table of Contents

ExhibitLocation
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002Filed herewith
 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002Filed herewith
32Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*Furnished herewith
101The following financial statements from the BankFinancial Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated statements of financial condition, (ii) consolidated statements of operations, (iii) consolidated statements of comprehensive income, (iv)consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity, (v)consolidated statements of cash flows and (vi) the notes to consolidated financial statements.Filed herewith
*A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not Applicable.


101

17


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereuntohereunto duly authorized.
  BANKFINANCIAL CORPORATION
Date:February 8, 2017
Dated:April 30, 2019By:/s/ F. Morgan Gasior
   F. Morgan Gasior
   Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Duly Authorized Representative)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignaturesTitleDate
/s/ F. Morgan GasiorChairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and PresidentFebruary 8, 2017
F. Morgan Gasior(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Paul A. CloutierExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerFebruary 8, 2017
Paul A. Cloutier(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Elizabeth A. DoolanSenior Vice President and ControllerFebruary 8, 2017
Elizabeth A. Doolan(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Cassandra J. FrancisDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
Cassandra J. Francis
/s/ John M. HausmannDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
John M. Hausmann
/s/ Thomas F. O'NeillDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
Thomas F. O'Neill
/s/ John W. PalmerDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
John W. Palmer
/s/ Terry R. WellsDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
Terry R. Wells
/s/ Glen R. WherfelDirectorFebruary 8, 2017
Glen R. Wherfel



102

18